Skip to main content

UBS Group AG 6-K, filed Feb 28, 2020

UBS Group AG (UBS)

6-K 2020-02-28 For: 2019-12-31
View Original
Added on April 08, 2026

About this 6-K

UBS Group AG filed this 6-K on February 28, 2020.

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

_________________

FORM 6-K

REPORT OF FOREIGN PRIVATE ISSUER

PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-16 OR 15d-16 UNDER

THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date: February 28, 2020

UBS Group AG

Commission File Number: 1-36764

UBS AG

Commission File Number: 1-15060

(Registrants' Name)

Bahnhofstrasse 45, Zurich, Switzerland and

Aeschenvorstadt 1, Basel, Switzerland

(Address of principal executive offices)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrants file or will file annual reports under cover of Form 20‑F or Form 40-F.

Form 20-F  x                        Form 40-F  o

This Form 6-K consists of the 31 December 2019 Pillar 3 report of UBS Group AG and significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups, which appears immediately following this page.

31 December 2019 Pillar 3 report

UBS Group and significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups

Termsused in this report, unless the context requires otherwise

“UBS,”<br> “UBS Group,” “UBS Group AG consolidated,” “Group,” “the Group,” “we,” “us”<br> and “our” UBS Group AG and its consolidated<br> subsidiaries
“UBS AG consolidated” UBS AG and its consolidated<br> subsidiaries
“UBS Group AG” and “UBS Group AG<br> standalone” UBS Group AG on a standalone basis
“UBS AG” and “UBS AG standalone” UBS AG on a standalone basis
“UBS Switzerland AG” and “UBS<br> Switzerland AG standalone” UBS Switzerland AG on a standalone<br> basis
“UBS Europe SE consolidated” UBS Europe SE and its consolidated<br> subsidiaries
“UBS Americas Holding LLC” and<br><br> <br>“UBS Americas Holding LLC<br> consolidated” UBS Americas Holding LLC and its<br> consolidated subsidiaries
Table<br> of contents
--- --- ---
Introduction and basis for preparation
UBS Group
16 Section<br> 1 Key metrics
19 Section<br> 2 Regulatory exposures and<br> risk-weighted assets
23 Section<br> 3 Linkage between financial<br> statements and regulatory exposures
26 Section<br> 4 Credit risk
57 Section<br> 5 Counterparty credit risk
67 Section<br> 6 Comparison of A-IRB approach<br> and standardized approach for credit risk
72 Section<br> 7 Securitizations
80 Section<br> 8 Market risk
90 Section<br> 9 Operational risk
91 Section<br> 10 Interest rate risk in the<br> banking book
95 Section<br> 11 Going and gone concern<br> requirements and eligible capital
103 Section<br> 12 Total loss-absorbing capacity
105 Section<br> 13 Leverage ratio
108 Section<br> 14 Liquidity coverage ratio
111 Section<br> 15 Remuneration
112 Section<br> 16 Requirements for global<br> systemically important banks and related indicators
Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups
114 Section<br> 1 Introduction
114 Section<br> 2 UBS AG standalone
118 Section<br> 3 UBS Switzerland AG standalone
124 Section<br> 4 UBS Europe SE consolidated
125 Section<br> 5 UBS Americas Holding LLC<br> consolidated

Contacts


Switchboards

For all general inquiries.

www.ubs.com/contact

Zurich +41-44-234 1111

London +44-207-567 8000

New York +1-212-821 3000

Hong Kong +852-2971 8888

Singapore +65-6495 8000

Investor Relations

UBS’s Investor Relations team supports institutional, professional and retail investors from

our offices in Zurich,

London, New York and Krakow.

UBS Group AG, Investor Relations

P.O. Box, CH-8098 Zurich, Switzerland

www.ubs.com/investors

Zurich +41-44-234 4100

New York +1-212-882 5734

Media Relations

UBS’s Media Relations team supports

global media and journalists

from our offices in Zurich, London, New York and Hong Kong.

www.ubs.com/media

Zurich +41-44-234 8500

mediarelations@ubs.com

London +44-20-7567 4714

ubs-media-relations@ubs.com

New York +1-212-882 5858

mediarelations-ny@ubs.com

Hong Kong +852-2971 8200

sh-mediarelations-ap@ubs.com


Office of the Group CompanySecretary

The Group Company Secretary receives inquiries regarding compensation and related issues addressed to members of the Board of Directors.

UBS Group AG, Office of the

Group Company Secretary

P.O. Box, CH-8098 Zurich, Switzerland

sh-company-secretary@ubs.com

+41-44-235 6652

Shareholder Services

UBS’s Shareholder Services team,

a unit of the Group Company Secretary Office, is responsible

for the registration of UBS Group AG registered shares.

UBS Group AG, Shareholder Services

P.O. Box, CH-8098 Zurich, Switzerland

sh-shareholder-services@ubs.com

Hotline +41-44-235 6652

US Transfer Agent

For global registered share-related

inquiries in the US.

Computershare Trust Company NA

P.O. Box 505000

Louisville, KY 40233-5000, USA

Shareholder online inquiries:

www-us.computershare.com/

investor/Contact

Shareholder website:

www.computershare.com/investor

Calls from the US

+1-866-305-9566

Calls from outside the US

+1-781-575-2623

TDD for hearing impaired

+1-800-231-5469

TDD for foreign shareholders

+1-201-680-6610


Imprint

Publisher: UBS Group AG, Zurich, Switzerland | www.ubs.com

Language: English

© UBS 2020. The key symbol and UBS are among the registered and unregistered trademarks of UBS. All rights reserved.

Introduction and basis for preparation

Scope of BaselIII Pillar 3 disclosures

The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the BCBS) Basel III capital adequacy framework consists of three complementary pillars. Pillar 1 provides a framework for measuring minimum capital requirements for the credit, market, operational and non-counterparty-related risks faced by banks. Pillar 2 addresses the principles of the supervisory review process, emphasizing the need for a qualitative approach to supervising banks. Pillar 3 requires banks to publish a range of disclosures, mainly covering risk, capital, leverage, liquidity and remuneration.

This report provides Pillar 3 disclosures for UBS Group as well as prudential key figures and regulatory information for UBS AG standalone, UBS Switzerland AG standalone, UBS Europe SE consolidated and UBS Americas Holding LLC consolidated in the respective sections under “Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups.” Certain information provided in our Annual Report 2019 or other publications also serves to address Pillar 3 disclosure requirements. Where this is the case, a reference has been included in this report to the UBS publication which provides such information.

As UBS is considered a systemically relevant bank (SRB) under Swiss banking law, UBS Group AG and UBS AG are required to comply with regulations based on the Basel III framework as applicable to Swiss SRBs on a consolidated basis. Capital and other regulatory information as of 31 December 2019 for UBS Group AG consolidated is provided in the “Capital management” section of our Annual Report 2019 and for UBS AG consolidated in the “Capital management” section of the combined UBS Group AG and UBS AG Annual Report 2019, available under “Annual reporting” at www.ubs.com/investors.

Local regulators may also require the publication of Pillar 3 information at a subsidiary or sub-group level. Where applicable, these local disclosures are provided under “Holding company and significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups” at www.ubs.com/investors.

Significant regulatory and disclosurerequirements and changes effective in or from 2019

Significant BCBS and FINMA capital adequacy, liquidity and funding, and related disclosure requirements

This Pillar 3 report has been prepared in accordance with Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA) Pillar 3 disclosure requirements (FINMA Circular 2016/1 “Disclosure – banks”) as revised on 31 October 2019, the underlying BCBS guidance “Revised Pillar 3 disclosure requirements” issued in January 2015, the “Frequently asked questions on the revised Pillar 3 disclosure requirements” issued in August 2016, the “Pillar 3 disclosure requirements – consolidated and enhanced framework” issued in March 2017 and the subsequent “Technical Amendment – Pillar 3 disclosure requirements – regulatory treatment of accounting provisions” issued in August 2018.

BCBS launches a consolidated frameworkof its standards

Following a consultation period earlier in the year, the BCBS launched a consolidated version of its global standards in December 2019, bringing together all BCBS global standards for the regulation and supervision of banks. The publication of these standards in a new format primarily focused on reorganizing existing and future requirements. While no new elements were introduced, a number of minor inconsistencies were addressed along with a list of new frequently asked questions and answers added.

Changes to Pillar 1 requirements

Revised Capital Adequacy Ordinance andthe Banking Ordinance

As of 1 January 2019, we became subject to the revised Capital Adequacy Ordinance (the CAO) and the Banking Ordinance (the BO), with no material effect on UBS, as the changes were largely previously implemented by too big to fail-related decrees.

Changes to Pillar 3 disclosure requirements

We disclosed the following tables and/or narratives for the first time in 2019:

–   “KM2: Key metrics – TLAC requirements (at resolution group level)” effective 31 March 2019 and applicable for UBS Group AG consolidated, the ultimate parent entity of the defined UBS resolution group, to which, in case of resolution, resolution tools (e.g., a bail-in) are expected to be applied;

–   “TLAC1 – TLAC composition for G-SIBs (at resolution group level)” applicable to UBS Group AG consolidated, effective 30 June 2019;

–   “TLAC2 – Material sub-group entity – creditor ranking at legal entity level” applicable to UBS Americas Holding LLC consolidated, effective 31 December 2019;

–   “TLAC3 – Resolution entity – creditor ranking at legal entity level” applicable to UBS Group AG consolidated at a legal entity level, effective 30 June 2019;

–   “IRRBBA – IRRBB risk management objectives and policies” applicable to UBS Group AG consolidated, effective 30 June 2019;

–   “IRRBB1 – Quantitative information about IRRBB” applicable to UBS Group AG consolidated, effective 30 June 2019; and

–   “IRRBBA1 – Quantitative disclosures relating to the position structure and interest rate reset of IRRBB risk” applicable to UBS Group AG consolidated, effective 30 June 2019.

3

Effective 30 June 2019, we have revised the “CR1 – Credit quality of assets” table to address additional disclosure requirements with regard to the allocation of the accounting provisions for credit losses between the standardized approach and the internal ratings-based approach, as required by the aforementioned BCBS Technical Amendment issued in August 2018.

The “CRB – Additional disclosures related to credit quality of assets” has been amended, effective 31 December 2019, accompanying the revisions related to “CR1 – Credit quality of assets” requiring UBS Group AG consolidated to disclose its rationale for the categorization of accounting provisions into general and specific categories under the standardized approach.

Significant model updatesand accounting and methodology changes effective in 2019

Changes to accounting affecting Pillar 1 and Pillar 3 disclosures

Effective from 1 January 2019, we adopted IFRS 16, Leases, fundamentally changing how we account for operating leases when acting as a lessee. Upon adoption, assets and liabilities increased by USD 3.5 billion, with a corresponding increase in risk-weighted assets (RWA) and leverage ratio denominator (LRD).

Exclusion of certain collar financing transactions from credit risk RWA

As part of methodology and policy changes, as of 30 June 2019 we excluded USD 2.1 billion of certain collar financing transactions in the Investment Bank from credit risk RWA due to their non-credit bearing nature. These collar financing transactions remain subject to the market risk framework.

Model updates

In 2019, we have fully phased-in the remaining USD 2.8 billion of RWA increases related to the probability of default (PD) and loss given default (LGD) changes from the implementation of revised models for Swiss residential mortgages. In addition, the credit conversion factor for zero-balance securities-backed lending and margin loan exposures was updated in the second half of 2019, and resulted in a USD 0.8 billion increase in RWA.


SignificantBCBS and FINMA requirements to be adoptedin 2020 or later

Final guidance

Gone concern loss-abs ☐ rbing capacity requirements

Under the Swiss SRB framework, banks are eligible for a rebate on the gone concern requirement if they take actions that facilitate recovery and resolvability beyond the minimum requirements to ensure the integrity of systemically important functions in the case of an impending insolvency. In addition, in the event that CET1 capital, low-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 (AT1) or certain low-trigger tier 2 capital instruments are used to meet the gone concern requirements, such requirements may be reduced by up to 2.86 percentage points for the RWA-based requirement and up to 1 percentage point for the LRD-based requirement. As of 1 January 2020, the combined reduction applied for resolvability measures and the aforementioned gone concern requirement reduction for the use of higher quality capital may not exceed 5.34 percentage points for the RWA-based requirement of 13.94% and 1.875 percentage points for the LRD-based requirement of 4.875%. The amount of the rebate for improved resolvability is assessed annually by FINMA, and has been phased in until 1 January 2020. Based on actions we completed by December 2018 to improve resolvability, FINMA granted a rebate on the gone concern requirement of 42.5% of the aforementioned maximum rebate in the third quarter of 2019, which resulted in a reduction of 2.27 percentage points for the RWA-based requirement and 0.80 percentage points for the LRD-based requirement. UBS also qualifies for an additional rebate for the use of low-trigger tier 2 capital instruments to fulfill gone concern requirements, allowing a further reduction of 1.33 percentage points for the RWA-based requirement and 0.38 percentage points for the LRD-based requirements.

®     Refer to the “Capital management” section ofour Annual Report 2019, available under ”Annual reporting” at www.ubs.com/investors ,for information about the current capital requirements

Revised FINMA circular on credit risk

We have adopted the standardized approach for counterparty credit risk (SA-CCR) as of 1 January 2020. SA-CCR is a comprehensive, non-modeled approach for measuring counterparty credit risk associated with over-the-counter derivatives, exchange-traded derivatives and long settlement transactions that replaces the current exposure method (CEM).

In line with the implementation date for SA-CCR, the FINMA revisions to the capital treatment concerning UBS’s exposures to central counterparties also became effective on 1 January 2020. The final requirements include, among other things, a single approach for calculating capital requirements for exposures arising from UBS’s contributions to the mutualized default fund resources of a qualifying central counterparty (a QCCP), and contain specific guidance regarding multi-level client structures where UBS clears its trades through intermediaries linked to a central counterparty.

4

The capital requirements for investments in funds in the banking book detailed in FINMA Circular 2017/7 “Credit risk – banks” were introduced on 1 January 2020. The standard requires that investments in funds that are held in the banking book are consistently treated with one of the following three approaches, which vary in their degree of risk sensitivity and conservatism: the “look-through approach,” the “mandate-based approach” or the “fallback approach.”

The effects of the adoptions will be presented in our 31 March 2020 Pillar 3 report, which will be available from April 2020.

Swiss Federal Council adopts new ruleson gone concern capital for G-SIBs

In November 2019, the Swiss Federal Council adopted amendments to the Capital Adequacy Ordinance, which became effective 1 January 2020. The revisions introduce gone concern capital requirements for Switzerland-based intermediate parent banks of global systemically important banks (G-SIBs) on a standalone basis. As a consequence, UBS AG will be subject to (i) a gone concern capital requirement on its third-party exposure on a standalone basis, (ii) an additional gone concern capital buffer requirement equal to 30% of the Group’s gone concern capital requirement on UBS AG’s consolidated exposure, and (iii) a gone concern capital requirement equal to the nominal value of the gone concern instruments issued by UBS entities and held by the parent bank. A transitional period until 2024 will be granted for the buffer requirement.

Based on current estimates, and once the new requirements have been fully phased in, we expect UBS Group to be required to maintain a gone concern leverage ratio of around 75 to 100 basis points higher than what would be required to meet the Group requirements alone. The actual total loss-absorbing capital Group requirement at the end of the transition phase will depend on a number of components, including the subsidiaries’ loss-absorbing capacity at the time.

The revisions also reduced the gone concern requirement of UBS Switzerland AG to 62% of the Group’s gone concern requirement (before rebate) and increased the minimum gone concern requirement for the Group (after rebate) from 3% to 3.75% (based on leverage ratio denominator), effective 1 January 2022.

Finally, instruments available to meet gone concern requirements remain eligible until one year before maturity; however, the current haircut of 50% in the last year of eligibility is no longer applied under the revised rules.

Basel III finalization and adjustmentsto market risk framework

In December 2017, the BCBS announced the finalization of the Basel III framework, which we currently expect FINMA to implement later than the originally communicated effective date of 1 January 2022. The most significant changes include:

–   placing floors on certain model inputs under the IRB approach to calculate credit risk RWA;

–   requiring the use of standardized approaches for calculation of the credit valuation adjustment and for operational risk RWA;

–   placing an aggregate output floor on the Group RWA equal to 72.5% of the RWA calculated using a revised standardized approach; and

–   revising the leverage ratio denominator (LRD) calculation and introducing a leverage ratio surcharge for G-SIBs.

In January 2019, the BCBS also published the final rules on the minimum capital requirements for market risk (the Fundamental Review of the Trading Book). The revisions include adjustments to the risk sensitivity of the standardized approach, the calibration of certain elements of the framework and adjustments of the internal models approach. The new accord is currently expected to be introduced into national law later than the originally communicated effective date of 1 January 2022.

Leverage ratio treatment

In June 2019, the BCBS concluded to align the leverage ratio measurement of client-cleared derivatives with SA-CCR. This treatment permits both cash and non-cash forms of segregated initial margin, as well as cash and non-cash variation margin, received from a client to offset the replacement cost and potential future exposure for client-cleared derivatives only. This will help to mitigate any potential effect on the leverage ratio denominator from the finalization of the Basel III framework. We expect that the modified standardized approach for counterparty credit risk for leverage ratio purposes will become effective in concurrence with the Swiss timelines for adopting the Basel III final rule.

The BCBS also introduced a new disclosure standard, effective 1 January 2022, which sets out additional requirements for banks to disclose their leverage ratios based on quarter-end and daily average values of securities financing transactions. FINMA has not yet adopted the new disclosure standard.

Net stable funding ratio (NSFR)

Having delayed the introduction of Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) requirements in Switzerland over the previous two years to align with developments in the EU and the US, the Swiss Federal Council communicated its intention in November 2019 to adopt the associated ordinance amendments in early summer 2020, and bring them into force by mid-2021. The Swiss Federal Department of Finance was mandated to finalize the regulatory texts jointly with relevant stakeholders, including affected banks, in the coming months. If implemented as originally proposed in the 2017 consultation, the introduction of NSFR could result in a significant increase in long-term funding requirements on a legal entity level.

®     Refer to the “Treasury management” section ofour Annual Report 2019, available under ”Annual reporting” at www.ubs.com/investors , **** for more informationabout the NSFR

5

Pillar 3 disclosure requirements

The BCBS updated the Pillar 3 disclosure requirements, which now include new disclosure requirements on asset encumbrance and, if required by national supervisors at the jurisdictional level, on capital distribution constraints. FINMA has not yet adopted these requirements.

We will disclose “CCR8 – Exposures to central counterparties” in our Pillar 3 reporting beginning with 30 June 2020.

Significant BCBS and FINMA consultation papers

Revisions to market risk disclosurerequirements and voluntary disclosure of sovereign exposures

In November 2019, the BCBS issued two consultations to seek public feedback on a set of revised disclosure requirements related to the final revisions of the market risk framework published in January 2019. The first consultative document proposes a number of changes primarily related to the introduction of the “traffic light” approach for trading desks using the internal models approach, as well as enhancements to the disclosure of the trading desk structure. The second consultative document proposes voluntary disclosures related to banks’ exposures to sovereigns building upon the feedback received to the Committee’s December 2017 Discussion Paper on the regulatory treatment of sovereign exposures. Comments on both consultations were due by mid-February 2020.

Limited revisions to the CreditValuation Adjustment (CVA) risk framework

In November 2019, the BCBS issued a consultation paper proposing a set of targeted revisions to the CVA risk framework published in December 2017. The proposal implements final revisions to the market risk framework and the capital requirements for bank exposures to central counterparties into

the CVA risk framework. It also considers adjustments to the scope of portfolios subject to CVA risk capital requirements and a possible calibration adjustment to the overall capital requirements calculated under the CVA standardized and basic approaches. Comments on this consultation paper were due by the end of February 2020.

Frequency and comparability of Pillar 3disclosures

The table on the next page summarizes the reporting frequency for each disclosure as per the current FINMA requirements applicable to UBS.

In line with the FINMA-specified disclosure frequency and requirements for disclosure with regard to comparative periods, we provide quantitative comparative information as of 30 September 2019 for disclosures required on a quarterly basis. Where specifically required by FINMA and/or the BCBS, we disclose comparative information for additional reporting dates. The new TLAC2 disclosure is provided for the first time, as of 31 December 2019, in this report without comparative information.

Where required, movement commentary is aligned with the corresponding disclosure frequency required by FINMA and always refers to the latest comparative period. Throughout this report, signposts are displayed at the beginning of a section, table or chart – Annual | Semiannual | Quarterly | – indicating whether the disclosure is provided annually, semiannually or quarterly. A triangle symbol – p  p  p  – indicates the end of the signpost.

®     Refer to our 31 March 2019, 30 June 2019 and30 September 2019 Pillar 3 reports, available under “Pillar 3disclosures” at www.ubs.com/investors , **** for more information about previously published quarterly movementcommentary

®     Refer to our 30 June 2019 Pillar 3 report,available under “Pillar 3 disclosures” at www.ubs.com/investors , **** for more information about previously published semiannual movementcommentary

6

The following table outlines the annual, semiannual and quarterly disclosure requirements that are satisfied in this report for UBS Group and significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups as applicable. For specific disclosures, this report may refer to our Annual Report 2019.

FINMA reference Disclosure title FINMA reference Disclosure title
Annual disclosure requirements
OVA Bank risk management approach CCRA Qualitative disclosure related to<br> counterparty credit risk
LI1 Differences between accounting and<br> regulatory scopes of consolidation and mapping of financial statements with<br> regulatory risk categories SECA Qualitative disclosure requirements<br> related to securitization exposures
LI2 Main sources of differences between<br> regulatory exposure amounts and carrying amounts in financial statements MRA Qualitative disclosure requirements<br> related to market risk
LIA Explanations of differences between<br> accounting and regulatory exposure amounts MRB Qualitative disclosures for banks<br> using the internal models approach (IMA)
PV1 Prudent valuation adjustments (PVAs) IRRBBA Interest rate risk in the banking<br> book (IRRBB) risk management objective and policies
GSIB1 Disclosure of G-SIB indicators IRRBB1 Quantitative information about interest rate risk in<br> the banking book (IRRBB)
LIQA Liquidity risk management IRRBBA1 Quantitative disclosures relating to<br> the position structure and interest rate reset of IRRBB risk
CRA General qualitative information<br> about credit risk REMA Remuneration policy
CRB Additional disclosure related to the<br> credit quality of assets REM1 Remuneration awarded during the<br> financial year
CRC Qualitative disclosure requirements<br> related to credit risk mitigation techniques REM2 Special payments
CRD Qualitative disclosures on banks’<br> use of external credit ratings under the standardized approach for credit<br> risk REM3 Deferred remuneration
CRE Qualitative disclosures related to<br> internal ratings-based (IRB) models ORA Qualitative disclosure requirements<br> related to operational risk
CR9 IRB – backtesting of probability of<br> default (PD) per portfolio

7

FINMA reference Disclosure title FINMA reference Disclosure title
Semiannual disclosure requirements
CR1 Credit quality of assets SEC1 Securitization exposures in the<br> banking book
CR2 Changes in stock of defaulted loans,<br> debt securities and off-balance sheet exposures SEC2 Securitization exposures in the<br> trading book
CR3 Credit risk mitigation techniques –<br> overview SEC3 Securitization exposures in the<br> banking book and associated regulatory capital requirements – bank acting as<br> originator or as sponsor
CR4 Standardized approach – credit risk<br> exposure and credit risk mitigation (CRM) effects SEC4 Securitization exposures in the<br> banking book and associated capital requirements – bank acting as investor
CR5 Standardized approach – exposures by<br> asset classes and risk weights MR1 Market risk under standardized<br> approach
CR6 IRB – credit risk exposures by<br> portfolio and PD range MR3 IMA values for trading portfolios
CR7 IRB – effect on risk-weighted assets<br> (RWA) of credit derivatives used as CRM techniques MR4 Comparison of value-at-risk (VaR)<br> estimates with gains/losses
CR10 IRB (equities under the simple risk<br> weight method) CC1 Composition of regulatory capital
CCR1 Analysis of counterparty credit risk<br> (CCR) exposure by approach CC2 Reconciliation of regulatory capital<br> to balance sheet
CCR2 Credit valuation adjustment (CVA)<br> capital charge CCA^2^ Main features of regulatory capital<br> instruments and other TLAC-eligible instruments
CCR3 Standardized approach of CCR<br> exposures by regulatory portfolio and risk weights CCyB1 Geographical distribution of credit<br> exposures used in the countercyclical capital buffer
CCR4 IRB – CCR exposures by portfolio and<br> PD scale TLAC1 TLAC composition for G-SIBs (at<br> resolution group level)
CCR5 Composition of collateral for CCR<br> exposure TLAC2 Material sub-group entity – creditor<br> ranking at legal entity level
CCR6 Credit derivatives exposures TLAC3 Resolution entity – creditor ranking<br> at legal entity level
CCR8^1^ Exposures to central counterparties
Quarterly disclosure requirements
KM1 Key metrics MR2 RWA flow statements of market risk<br> exposures under an IMA
KM2 Key metrics – TLAC requirements (at<br> resolution group level) LR1 Summary comparison of accounting<br> assets vs leverage ratio exposure measure
OV1 Overview of RWA LR2 Leverage ratio common disclosure<br> template
CR8 RWA flow statements of credit risk<br> exposures under IRB LIQ1 Liquidity coverage ratio (LCR)
CCR7 RWA flow statements of CCR exposures<br> under the internal model method (IMM)
1 Disclosure<br> is not required as of 31 December 2019.<br><br> <br>2 The CCA<br> table is published on our website. Refer to the document titled “Capital and<br> total loss-absorbing capacity instruments of UBS Group AG consolidated and<br> UBS AG consolidated and standalone – key features” under “Bondholder<br> information” at www.ubs.com/investors for more<br> information.

8

Format ofPillar 3 disclosures

As defined by FINMA, certain Pillar 3 disclosures follow a fixed format, whereas other disclosures are flexible and may be modified to a certain degree to present the most relevant information. Pillar 3 requirements are presented under the relevant FINMA table/template reference (e.g., OVA, OV1, LI1, etc.). Pillar 3 disclosures may also include row labeling (1, 2, 3, etc.) as prescribed by FINMA. Naming conventions used in our Pillar 3 disclosures are based on the FINMA guidance and may not reflect UBS naming conventions.

The FINMA-defined asset classes used within this Pillar 3 report are as follows:

–   Central governments and central banks, consisting of exposures relating to governments at the level of the nation state and their central banks. The European Union is also treated as a central government.

–   Banks and securities dealers, consisting of exposures to legal entities holding banking licenses and securities firms subject to adequate supervisory and regulatory arrangements, including risk-based capital requirements. Securities firms can only be assigned to this asset class if they are subject to a supervision equivalent to that of banks.

–   Public-sector entities, multi-lateral development banks, consisting of exposures to institutions established on the basis of public law in different forms, such as administrative entities or public companies as well as regional governments, the Bank for International Settlements, the International Monetary Fund and eligible multi-lateral development banks recognized by FINMA.

–   Corporates: specialized lending, consisting of exposures relating to income-producing real estate and high-volatility commercial real estate, commodities finance, project finance and object finance.

–   Corporates: other lending, consisting of all exposures to corporates that are not specialized lending. This asset class includes private commercial entities such as corporations, partnerships or proprietorships, insurance companies and funds (including managed funds).

–   Retail: residential mortgages, consisting of residential mortgages, regardless of exposure size, if the owner occupies or rents out the mortgaged property.

–   Retail: qualifying revolving retail exposures, consisting of unsecured and revolving credits to individuals that exhibit appropriate loss characteristics relating to credit card relationships at UBS.

–   Retail: other, consisting primarily of Lombard lending that represents loans made against the pledge of eligible marketable securities or cash, as well as exposures to small businesses, private clients and other retail customers without mortgage financing.

–   Equity, consisting of instruments that have no stated or predetermined maturity and represent a residual interest in the net assets of an entity.

–   Other assets, consisting of the remainder of exposures to which UBS is exposed, mainly non-counterparty-related assets.

Governance over Pillar 3 disclosures

The Board of Directors (the BoD) and senior management are responsible for establishing and maintaining an effective internal control structure over the disclosure of financial information, including Pillar 3 disclosures. In line with BCBS and FINMA requirements, we have a BoD-approved Pillar 3 disclosure governance policy in place, which includes information about the key internal controls and procedures designed to govern the preparation, review and sign-off of Pillar 3 disclosures. This Pillar 3 report has been verified and approved in line with that policy.

9

Risk management framework

Our Group-wide risk management framework is applied across all risk types. The table below presents an overview of risk management disclosures that are provided separately in our Annual Report 2019*.*

Annual |

OVA – Bank risk management approach
Pillar 3 disclosure requirement Annual Report 2019 section Disclosure Annual Report 2019 page number
Business model and risk profile Our strategy, business model and environment – Risk factors 60–70
– Current market climate and industry trends 31–34
Risk, treasury and capital management – Overview of risks arising from our business activities 105–106
– Risk categories 107
– Top and emerging risks 108
– Risk appetite framework 111–114
– Risk measurement 116–118
– Credit risk – Key developments, Main sources of credit risk,<br> Overview of measurement, monitoring and management techniques 119
– Market risk – Key developments, Main sources of market risk,<br> Overview of measurement, monitoring and management techniques 138
– Interest rate risk in the banking book 143–146
– Other market risk exposures 146–147
– Country risk framework 148
– Operational risk framework 154
– Risk management and control principles 112
Risk governance Risk, treasury and capital management – Risk categories 107
– Risk governance 109–110
– Interest rate risk in the banking book – Risk management and<br> governance 143
– Treasury management – Strategy, objectives and governance 156
– Capital management – Capital management objectives, planning and<br> activities 175–176
Communication and enforcement of risk culture within the bank Risk, treasury and capital management – Risk governance 109–110
– Risk appetite framework 111–114
– Internal risk reporting 115
– Operational risk framework 154
Scope and main features of risk measurement systems Risk, treasury and capital management – Risk measurement 116–118
– Credit risk – Overview of measurement, monitoring and management<br> techniques 119
– Market risk – Overview of measurement, monitoring and management<br> techniques 138
– Country risk exposure measure 148
– Advanced measurement approach model 155
Risk information reporting Risk, treasury and capital management – Risk governance 109–110
– Internal risk reporting 115
– Risk management and control principles 112

10

OVA – Bank risk management approach (continued)
Pillar 3 disclosure requirement Annual Report 2019 section Disclosure Annual Report 2019 page number
Stress testing Risk, treasury and capital management – Risk appetite framework 111–114
– Stress testing 116–117
– Credit risk models – Stress loss 133–134
– Market risk stress loss 139
– Interest rate risk in the banking book 143–146
– Other market risk exposures 146–147
– Assets and liquidity management – Stress testing 163
Strategies and processes applied to manage, hedge and mitigate<br> risks Risk, treasury and capital management – Credit risk – Overview of measurement, monitoring and management<br> techniques 119
– Credit risk mitigation 127–129
– Market risk – Overview of measurement, monitoring and management<br> techniques 138
– Value-at-risk 139–142
– Interest rate risk in the banking book 143–146
– Other market risk exposures 146–147
– Country risk exposure 148–152
– Operational risk framework 154
– Liabilities and funding management 164–168
– Currency management 173
– Risk management and control principles 112
Consolidated financial statements – Note 11 Derivative instruments 365–370
– Note 23d Maximum exposure to credit risk 395–396
– Note 24i Maximum exposure to credit risk for financial<br> instruments measured at fair value 422
– Note 25 Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities 424–425

p

11

Our approach to measuring risk exposure and risk-weighted assets

Depending on the intended purpose, the measurement of risk exposure that we apply may differ. Exposures may be measured for financial accounting purposes under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) for deriving our regulatory capital requirement or for internal risk management and control purposes. Our Pillar 3 disclosures are generally based on measures of risk exposure used to derive the regulatory capital required under Pillar 1. Our RWA are calculated according to the BCBS Basel III framework, as implemented by the Swiss Capital Adequacy Ordinance issued by the Swiss Federal Council and by the associated circulars issued by FINMA.

The table below provides a summary of the approaches we use for the main risk categories to determine the regulatory risk exposure and RWA.

Category Definition of risk Regulatory risk exposure Risk-weighted assets (RWA)
I. Credit risk
Credit risk Credit risk is the risk of a loss<br> resulting from the failure of a counterparty to meet its contractual<br> obligations toward UBS arising from transactions such as loans, debt<br> securities held in our banking book and undrawn credit facilities.<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Refer to section 4, Credit risk. Exposure at default (EAD) is the<br> amount we expect a counterparty to owe us at the time of a possible default.<br> For banking products, the EAD generally equals the IFRS carrying amount as of<br> the reporting date. The EAD is expected to remain constant over the 12-month<br> period. For loan commitments, a credit conversion factor is applied to model<br> expected future drawdowns over the 12-month period. We apply two approaches to measure<br> credit risk RWA:<br><br> <br>–  <br>   Advanced internal ratings-based (A-IRB) approach , applied for the majority of our businesses. Counterparty risk<br> weights are determined by reference to internal probability of default and<br> loss given default estimates.<br><br> <br>–  <br>   Standardized approach (SA), generally based on external<br> ratings for a sub-set of our credit portfolio where internal measures are not<br> available.
Non-counterparty- related risk Non-counterparty-related risk (NCPA)<br> denotes the risk of a loss arising from changes in value or from liquidation<br> of assets not linked to any counterparty, for example, premises, equipment<br> and software, and deferred tax assets on temporary differences.<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Refer to section 2, Regulatory<br> exposures and risk-weighted assets. The IFRS carrying amount is the<br> basis for measuring NCPA exposure. We measure non-counterparty-related<br> risk RWA by applying prescribed regulatory risk weights to the NCPA exposure.
Equity positions in the banking book Risk from equity positions in the<br> banking book refers to the investment risk arising from equity positions and<br> other relevant investments or instruments held in our banking book.<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Refer to section 4, Credit risk. The IFRS carrying amount is the<br> basis for measuring risk exposure for equity securities held in our banking<br> book, but reflecting a net position. We measure the RWA from equity<br> positions in the banking book by applying prescribed regulatory risk weights<br> to our listed and unlisted equity exposures.

12

Category Definition of risk Regulatory risk exposure Risk-weighted assets (RWA)
II. Counterparty credit risk
Counterparty credit risk Counterparty credit risk is the risk<br> that a counterparty for over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives, exchange-traded<br> derivatives (ETDs) or securities financing transactions (SFTs) will default<br> before the final settlement of a transaction and cause a loss to the bank if<br> the transaction has a positive economic value at the time of default.<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Refer to section 5, Counterparty<br> credit risk. We primarily use internal models to<br> measure counterparty credit risk exposures to third parties. All internal<br> models are approved by FINMA.<br><br> <br>–  <br>   For OTC derivatives and ETDs we<br> apply the effective expected positive exposure (EEPE) and stressed expected<br> positive exposure (stressed EPE) as defined in the Basel III framework.<br><br> <br>–  <br>   For SFTs we apply the close-out period approach.<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>In certain instances where risk<br> models are not available:<br><br> <br>–  <br>   Exposure on OTC derivatives and ETDs is calculated<br> considering the net positive replacement values and potential future<br> exposure.<br><br> <br>–     Exposure for SFTs is<br> based on the IFRS carrying amount, net of collateral mitigation. We apply two approaches to measure<br> counterparty credit risk RWA:<br><br> <br>–  <br>   Advanced internal ratings-based (A-IRB) approach, applied for<br> the majority of our businesses. Counterparty risk weights are determined by<br> reference to internal counterparty ratings and loss given default estimates.<br><br> <br>–  <br>   Standardized approach (SA), generally based on external ratings for a sub-set of our credit<br> portfolio, where internal measures are not available.<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>We apply an additional credit<br> valuation adjustment (CVA) capital charge to hold capital against the risk of<br> mark-to-market losses associated with the deterioration of counterparty<br> credit quality.
Settlement risk Settlement risk is the risk of loss<br> resulting from transactions that involve exchange of value (e.g., security<br> versus cash) where we must deliver without first being able to determine with<br> certainty that we will receive the countervalue.<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Refer to section 2, Regulatory<br> exposures and risk-weighted assets. The IFRS carrying amount is the<br> basis for measuring settlement risk exposure. We measure settlement risk RWA<br> through the application of prescribed regulatory risk weights to the<br> settlement risk exposure.
III. Securitization exposures in the banking book
Securitization exposures in the<br> banking book Exposures<br> arising from traditional and synthetic securitizations held in our banking<br> book.<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Refer to section<br> 7, Securitizations. The IFRS<br> carrying amount after eligible regulatory credit risk mitigation and credit<br> conversion factor is the basis for measuring securitization exposure. Consistent<br> with BCBS, we apply the FINMA-defined hierarchy of approaches for banking<br> book securitizations to measure RWA:<br><br> <br>–  <br>   Internal ratings-based approach (SEC-IRBA) , considering the advanced IRB risk weights, if the securitized<br> pool largely consists of IRB positions and internal ratings are available.<br><br> <br>–  <br>   External ratings-based approach (SEC-ERBA), if the IRB<br> approach cannot be applied, risk weights are applied based on external<br> ratings, provided that we are able to demonstrate our expertise in critically<br> reviewing and challenging the external ratings.<br><br> <br>–  <br>   Standardized approach (SEC-SA) or 1,250% risk weight factor, if none of the aforementioned approaches can be applied, we would<br> apply the standardized approach where the delinquency status of a significant<br> portion of the underlying exposure can be determined or a risk weight of 1,250%.<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>For re-securitization exposures we<br> apply either the standardized approach or a risk weight factor of 1,250%.

13

Category Definition of risk Regulatory risk exposure Risk-weighted assets (RWA)
IV. Market **** risk
Value-at-risk (VaR) VaR is a statistical measure of<br> market risk, representing the market risk losses that could potentially be<br> realized over a set time horizon (holding period) at an established level of<br> confidence. For regulatory VaR, the holding period is 10 days and the<br> confidence level is 99%.<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Refer to section 8, Market risk. The VaR component of market risk RWA<br> is calculated by taking the maximum of the period-end VaR and the product of<br> the average VaR for the 60 trading days immediately preceding the period end and<br> a VaR multiplier. The quantity is then multiplied by a risk weight factor of<br> 1,250% to determine RWA. The VaR multiplier is dependent on the number of VaR<br> backtesting exceptions within the most recent 250-business-day window.
Stressed VaR  (SVaR) SVaR is a 10-day 99% VaR measure<br> that is estimated with model parameters that are calibrated to historical<br> data covering a one-year period of significant financial stress relevant to<br> the firm’s current portfolio.<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Refer to section 8, Market risk. The derivation of SVaR RWA is<br> similar to the one explained above for VaR. Unlike VaR, SVaR is computed<br> weekly, and as a result the average SVaR is computed over the most recent 12<br> observations.
Add-on for risks-not-in-VaR  (RniV) Potential risks that are not fully<br> captured by our VaR model are referred to as RniV. We have a framework to<br> identify and quantify these potential risks and underpin them with capital.<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Refer to section 8, Market risk. Our RniV framework is used to derive<br> the RniV-based component of the market risk RWA, which is approved by FINMA.<br> Starting in the second quarter of 2018, RniV and RWA resulting from RniV are<br> recalibrated on a monthly basis.<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>As the RWA from RniV are add-ons, they<br> do not reflect any diversification benefits across risks capitalized through<br> VaR and SVaR.
Incremental risk charge (IRC) The IRC represents an estimate of<br> the default and rating migration risk of all trading book positions with<br> issuer risk, except for equity products and securitization exposures,<br> measured over a one-year time horizon at a 99.9% confidence level.<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Refer to section 8, Market risk. The IRC is calculated weekly, and<br> the results are used to derive the IRC-based component of the market risk<br> RWA. The derivation is similar to that for VaR- and SVaR-based RWA, but<br> without a VaR multiplier.
Comprehensive risk measure (CRM) The CRM is an estimate of the<br> default and complex price risk, including the convexity and cross-convexity<br> of the CRM portfolio across credit spread, correlation and recovery, measured<br> over a one-year time horizon at a 99.9% confidence level.<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Refer to section 8, Market risk. Since the second quarter of 2019, we<br> have not held eligible correlation trading positions. Prior to then, the CRM<br> had been calculated weekly and used to derive the CRM-based component of the<br> market risk RWA, with the calculation subject to a floor equal to 8% of the<br> equivalent capital charge under the specific risk measure (SRM) for the<br> correlation trading portfolio.
Securitization /<br><br> <br>re-securitization in the trading<br> book Risk arising from traditional and<br> synthetic securitizations held in our trading book.<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Refer to section 7, Securitizations<br> and <br><br> section 8, Market risk. The exposure is equal to the fair<br> value of the net long or short securitization position. We measure trading book<br> securitization RWA using the Ratings-based approach, i.e., applying<br> risk weights based on external ratings.
V. Operational **** risk
Operational risk Operational risk is the risk of loss<br> resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or<br> from external events, including cyber risk. Operational risk includes, among<br> others, legal risk, conduct risk and compliance risk.<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Refer to section 9, Operational<br> risk. We use the advanced measurement<br> approach to measure operational risk RWA in accordance with FINMA<br> requirements.

14

UBS Group

UBS Group AG consolidated

Section 1  Key metrics

Key metrics of the fourth quarter of2019

Quarterly | The KM1 and KM2 tables on the following pages are based on the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the BCBS) Basel III rules. The KM2 table includes a reference to the total loss-absorbing capacity (TLAC) term sheet, published by the Financial Stability Board (the FSB). The FSB provides this term sheet at www.fsb.org/2015/11/total-loss-absorbing-capacity-tlac-principles-and-term-sheet.

During the fourth quarter of 2019, our common equity tier 1 (CET1) capital increased by USD 0.9 billion to USD 35.6 billion, mainly due to operating profit before tax, changes in compensation-related regulatory capital accruals, foreign currency translation effects and defined benefit plans. These effects were partly offset by accruals for capital returns to shareholders, share repurchases under our share repurchase program and current tax expenses. Our tier 1 capital increased by USD 1.2 billion to USD 51.9 billion, primarily reflecting the aforementioned increase in our CET1 capital and the issuance of a USD 0.3 billion high-trigger loss-absorbing AT1 capital instrument denominated in Swiss francs.

®     Refer to “UBS shares” in the “Capitalmanagement” section of our Annual Report 2019, available under ”Annualreporting” at www.ubs.com/investors for more information about the sharerepurchase program

The TLAC available as of 31 December 2019 included CET1 capital, additional tier 1 and tier 2 capital instruments eligible under the TLAC framework, and non-regulatory capital elements of TLAC. Under the Swiss systemically relevant bank (SRB) framework, including transitional arrangements, TLAC excludes 45% of the gross unrealized gains on debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income for accounting purposes, which for regulatory capital purposes is measured at the lower of cost or market value. This amount was negligible as of 31 December 2019, but is included as available TLAC in the KM2 table in this section.

Risk-weighted assets (RWA) decreased by USD 5.4 billion to USD 259.2 billion, mainly due to decreases in operational risk RWA and market risk RWA. Leverage ratio exposure increased by USD 9 billion during the quarter, predominantly driven by currency effects and on-balance sheet assets (other than SFTs and derivatives), partly offset by a decrease in SFTs and derivatives. Average high-quality liquid assets decreased by USD 1.7 billion, reflecting higher funding consumption by the business divisions and reductions in issued debt, partly offset by higher deposit balances. Average total net cash outflows increased by USD 2.1 billion following a reduction in inflows from secured financing transaction investments, partly offset by higher average inflows from loans. p

16

Quarterly |

KM1: Key metrics **** **** **** **** ****
million, except where<br> indicated
31.12.19 30.9.19 30.6.19 31.3.19 31.12.18
Available capital (amounts) ****
1 35,582 34,673 34,948 34,658 34,119
1a 35,538 34,635 34,904 34,613 34,071
2 51,888 50,702 49,993 49,436 46,279
2a 51,844 50,664 49,949 49,391 46,231
3 57,614 56,396 56,345 56,148 52,981
3a 57,570 56,358 56,302 56,103 52,933
Risk-weighted assets<br> (amounts) ****
4 259,208 264,626 262,135 267,556 263,747
4a 20,737 21,170 20,971 21,404 21,100
4b 259,208 264,626 262,135 267,556 263,747
Risk-based capital ratios as<br> a percentage of RWA ****
5 13.73 13.10 13.33 12.95 12.94
5a 13.71 13.09 13.32 12.94 12.92
6 20.02 19.16 19.07 18.48 17.55
6a 20.00 19.15 19.05 18.46 17.53
7 22.23 21.31 21.49 20.99 20.09
7a 22.21 21.30 21.48 20.97 20.07
Additional CET1 buffer<br> requirements as a percentage of RWA ****
8 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 1.88
9 0.08 0.10 0.09 0.10 0.08
9a 0.23 0.21 0.22 0.21 0.21
10 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.75
11 3.58 3.60 3.59 3.60 2.71
12 9.23 8.60 8.83 8.45 8.44
Basel III leverage ratio ****
13 911,325 901,914 911,379 910,993 904,598
14 5.69 5.62 5.49 5.43 5.12
14a 5.69 5.62 5.48 5.42 5.11
Liquidity coverage ratio3 ****
15 166,215 167,916 176,173 186,038 173,389
16 124,112 122,025 121,314 121,521 127,352
17 134 138 145 153 136
1 The fully loaded ECL accounting model excludes the<br> transitional relief of recognizing ECL allowances and provisions in CET1<br> capital in accordance with FINMA Circular 2013/1 “Eligible capital –<br> banks.”    2 Calculated as 8% of total RWA, based on total capital<br> minimum requirements, excluding CET1 buffer requirements.    3 Calculated<br> based on quarterly average. Refer to “Liquidity coverage ratio” in section 14<br> of this report for more information.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

17

UBS Group AG consolidated

Quarterly |

KM2: Key metrics – TLAC<br> requirements (at resolution group level)1
million, except where<br> indicated **** **** **** **** ****
31.12.19 30.9.19 30.6.19 31.3.19 31.12.18
1 89,660 88,197 87,388 87,477 83,740
1a 89,616 88,159 87,344 87,433 83,692
2 259,208 264,626 262,135 267,556 263,747
3 34.59 33.33 33.34 32.69 31.75
3a 34.57 33.31 33.32 32.68 31.73
4 911,325 901,914 911,379 910,993 904,598
5 9.84 9.78 9.59 9.60 9.26
5a 9.83 9.77 9.58 9.60 9.25
6a No
6b No
6c N/A – Refer to our response to 6b.
1 Resolution group level is defined as the UBS Group AG<br> consolidated level.    2 The fully loaded ECL accounting model excludes the<br> transitional relief of recognizing ECL allowances and provisions in CET1<br> capital in accordance with FINMA Circular 2013/1 “Eligible capital – banks.”

All values are in US Dollars.

p

18

Section 2  Regulatory exposures andrisk-weighted assets

RWA development in the fourth quarter of2019

Quarterly | The OV1 table below provides an overview of our risk-weighted assets (RWA) and the related minimum capital requirements by risk type. The FINMA template includes rows that are currently not applicable to UBS and therefore have been left empty.

During the fourth quarter of 2019, RWA decreased by USD 5.4 billion to USD 259.2 billion, mainly due to a decrease of USD 2.8 billion in operational risk RWA and a decrease of USD 2.7 billion in market risk RWA. Information about movements in RWA over the fourth quarter of 2019 is provided on pages 48–49 of our fourth quarter 2019 report, available under “Quarterly reporting” at www.ubs.com/investors, and in the respective sections of this report. More information about capital management and RWA, including details regarding movements in RWA over 2019, is provided on pages 185–187 of our Annual Report 2019, available under ”Annual reporting” at www.ubs.com/investors.  p

Quarterly |

OV1: Overview of RWA
RWA Minimum capital requirements^1^
million 31.12.19 30.9.19 30.6.19 31.3.19 31.12.18 31.12.19
1 121,244 119,969 114,991 118,419 112,991 9,700
2 28,386 27,786 28,287 28,971 25,972 2,271
2a 13,135 12,678 12,912 12,779 9,514 1,051
3 **** ****
4 **** ****
5 92,858 92,183 86,703 89,448 87,019 7,429
6 36,354 37,259 37,487 36,793 34,282 2,908
7 4,699 5,962 5,793 5,183 5,415 376
8 20,275 19,309 20,133 19,371 17,624 1,622
8a 5,502 5,426 5,453 5,889 5,036 440
9 5,879 6,561 6,107 6,351 6,207 470
10 1,900 2,458 2,553 2,631 2,816 152
11 3,261 3,248 3,302 3,960 3,658 261
12 **** **** **** **** **** ****
13 **** **** **** **** **** ****
14 **** ****
15 357 347 415 384 375 29
16 633 656 664 703 709 51
17 **** ****
18 598 647 657 696 701 48
19 35 8 7 7 8 3
20 6,556 9,207 10,977 12,985 19,992 525
21 419 492 452 643 452 34
22 6,137 8,714 10,526 12,343 19,541 491
23 **** **** **** **** **** ****
24 77,542 80,345 80,345 80,345 77,558 6,203
25 11,361 11,138 11,402 11,335 11,365 909
25a 8,951 8,699 8,853 8,747 8,782 716
26 **** ****
27 259,208 264,626 262,135 267,556 263,747 20,737
1 Calculated based on 8% of RWA.    2 Excludes settlement risk, which<br> is separately reported in line 15 “Settlement risk.” Includes RWA with<br> central counterparties. The split between the subcomponents of counterparty<br> credit risk refers to the calculation of the exposure measure.   <br> 3 Calculated in accordance with the current exposure method (CEM). The<br> RWA under the standardized approach for counterparty credit risk (SA-CCR)<br> will be presented for the first time in the 31 March 2020 Pillar 3 report.   <br> 4 Includes investments in funds. Items subject to threshold deduction treatments<br> that do not exceed their respective threshold are risk weighted at 250% (31<br> December 2019: RWA 2,410 million; 30 September 2019: RWA 2,439<br> million; 30 June 2019: RWA 2,548 million; 31 March 2019: RWA<br>  2,588 million; 31 December 2018: RWA 2,583 million)<br> and are separately included in line 25 “Amounts below thresholds for<br> deduction (250% risk weight).”    5 The effect of the adoption of the new<br> regulation for the calculation of RWA for investments in funds introduced on<br> 1 January 2020 will be presented for the first time in the 31 March<br> 2020 Pillar 3 report.    6 Not applicable until the implementation of the<br> final rules on the minimum capital requirements for market risk (the<br> Fundamental Review of the Trading Book).    7 Includes items subject to<br> threshold deduction treatments that do not exceed their respective threshold<br> and are risk weighted at 250%. Items subject to threshold deduction<br> treatments are significant investments in common shares of non-consolidated<br> financial institutions (banks, insurance and other financial entities) and<br> deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences, both of which are<br> measured against their respective threshold.    8 No floor effect, as 80% of<br> our Basel I RWA, including the RWA equivalent of the Basel I capital<br> deductions, do not exceed our Basel III RWA, including the RWA equivalent of<br> the Basel III capital deductions. For the status of the finalization of the<br> Basel III capital framework, refer to the “Regulatory and legal developments”<br> section of our Annual Report 2019 which outlines how the proposed floor<br> calculation would differ in significant aspects from the current approach.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

19

UBS Group AG consolidated

The table below and on the following pages is provided on a voluntary basis to complement other disclosures provided, is aligned with the principles applied in the OV1 table and presents the net exposure at default (EAD) and RWA by risk type and FINMA-defined asset class, which forms the basis for the calculation of RWA. These exposures are further subdivided into standardized approaches and advanced internal ratings-based (A-IRB) or model-based approaches. For credit risk, the classification defines the method used to derive the risk weight factors, through either internal ratings (A-IRB) or external ratings (standardized approach). The split between standardized approaches and A-IRB or model-based approaches for counterparty credit risk refers to the exposure measure, whereas the split in templates CCR3 and CCR4 refers to the risk weighting approach. Market and operational risk RWA, excluding securitization and re-securitization in the trading book, are derived using model calculations and are therefore included in the model-based approach columns.

The table provides references to sections in this report containing more information about the specific topics.

Regulatory exposures and risk-weighted assets
31.12.19 A-IRB / model-based approach Standardized approach^2^ Total
USD million Net EAD RWA Section or table reference Net EAD RWA Section or table reference Net EAD RWA
Credit risk (excluding counterparty credit risk) 551,748 92,858 4 49,939 28,386 4 601,687 121,244
Central governments and central banks 138,880 2,482 CR6, CR7 10,687 938 CR4, CR5 149,567 3,420
Banks and securities dealers 17,614 6,102 CR6, CR7 5,541 1,314 CR4, CR5 23,155 7,416
Public-sector entities, multilateral development banks 8,012 844 CR6, CR7 920 238 CR4, CR5 8,932 1,082
Corporates: specialized lending 23,313 11,475 CR6, CR7 CR4, CR5 23,313 11,475
Corporates: other lending 52,533 31,836 CR6, CR7 6,017 4,824 CR4, CR5 58,550 36,660
Central counterparties 474 16 474 16
Retail 311,396 40,118 CR6, CR7 12,074 7,923 CR4, CR5 323,469 48,041
Residential mortgages 149,255 29,133 6,466 2,641 155,721 31,774
Qualifying revolving retail exposures (QRRE) 1,944 687 1,944 687
Other retail^1^ 160,197 10,298 5,608 5,282 165,805 15,580
Non-counterparty-related risk 14,226 13,135 CR4, CR5 14,226 13,135
Property, equipment and software 12,756 12,756 12,756 12,756
Other 1,470 378 1,470 378
Counterparty credit risk^2^ 102,536 25,777 5 70,327 10,577 5 172,863 36,354
Central governments and central banks 7,070 670 CCR3, CCR4 2,091 104 CCR3, CCR4 9,161 774
Banks and securities dealers 18,078 5,376 CCR3, CCR4 2,328 660 CCR3, CCR4 20,407 6,036
Public-sector entities, multilateral development banks 1,917 423 CCR3, CCR4 755 45 CCR3, CCR4 2,673 469
Corporates incl. specialized lending 48,331 18,759 CCR3, CCR4 17,402 7,722 CCR3, CCR4 65,733 26,481
Central counterparties 27,139 547 41,531 1,343 68,671 1,891
Retail 6,219 703 CCR3, CCR4 6,219 703
Credit valuation adjustment (CVA) **** 974 5, CCR2 **** 926 5, CCR2 **** 1,900
Equity positions in the banking book (CR) 778 3,261 4, CR10 **** **** **** 778 3,261
Settlement risk 30 54 **** 183 303 **** 213 357
Securitization exposure in the banking book **** **** **** 188 633 7 188 633
Market risk **** 6,137 8 670 419 7, 8 670 6,556
Value-at-risk (VaR) 487 MR2 487
Stressed value-at risk (SVaR) 2,082 MR2 2,082
Add-on for risks-not-in-VaR (RniV) 2,344 MR2 2,344
Incremental risk charge (IRC) 1,224 MR2 1,224
Comprehensive risk measure (CRM)^3^
Securitization / re-securitization in the trading book 670 419 MR1 670 419
Operational risk **** 77,542 **** **** **** **** **** 77,542
Amounts below thresholds for deduction (250% risk weight) 964 2,410 **** 3,580 8,951 **** 4,544 11,361
Deferred tax assets 3,580 8,951 3,580 8,951
Significant investments in non-consolidated financial<br> institutions 964 2,410 964 2,410
Total 656,055 209,014 **** 124,887 50,194 **** 780,942 259,208

20

Regulatory exposures and risk-weighted assets (continued)
30.6.19 A-IRB / model-based approach Standardized approach^2^ Total
USD million Net EAD RWA Section or table reference Net EAD RWA Section or table reference Net EAD RWA
Credit risk (excluding counterparty credit risk) 529,925 86,703 4 49,922 28,287 4 579,847 114,991
Central governments and central banks 140,098 3,064 CR6, CR7 11,017 885 CR4, CR5 151,115 3,949
Banks and securities dealers 15,953 4,762 CR6, CR7 5,132 1,172 CR4, CR5 21,086 5,934
Public-sector entities, multilateral development banks 6,822 817 CR6, CR7 949 278 CR4, CR5 7,771 1,095
Corporates: specialized lending 23,511 11,798 CR6, CR7 CR4, CR5 23,511 11,798
Corporates: other lending 52,992 29,669 CR6, CR7 6,080 4,864 CR4, CR5 59,073 34,533
Central counterparties 376 14 376 14
Retail 290,548 36,593 CR6, CR7 12,367 8,162 CR4, CR5 302,914 44,755
Residential mortgages 145,852 27,678 6,662 2,860 152,514 30,538
Qualifying revolving retail exposures (QRRE) 1,836 647 1,836 647
Other retail^1^ 142,860 8,269 5,705 5,302 148,565 13,571
Non-counterparty-related risk 14,001 12,912 CR4, CR5 14,001 12,912
Property, equipment and software 12,645 12,645 12,645 12,645
Other 1,356 267 1,356 267
Counterparty credit risk^2^ 84,322 25,587 5 82,687 11,900 5 167,009 37,487
Central governments and central banks 7,144 747 CCR3, CCR4 3,460 106 CCR3, CCR4 10,604 853
Banks and securities dealers 17,067 5,077 CCR3, CCR4 3,014 835 CCR3, CCR4 20,081 5,911
Public-sector entities, multilateral development banks 1,839 345 CCR3, CCR4 504 23 CCR3, CCR4 2,344 368
Corporates incl. specialized lending 42,391 19,023 CCR3, CCR4 20,343 8,761 CCR3, CCR4 62,734 27,784
Central counterparties 15,881 396 49,149 1,621 65,031 2,017
Retail 6,216 554 CCR3, CCR4 6,216 554
Credit valuation adjustment (CVA) **** 1,106 5, CCR2 **** 1,447 5, CCR2 **** 2,553
Equity positions in the banking book (CR) 788 3,302 4, CR10 **** **** **** 788 3,302
Settlement risk 30 74 **** 167 340 **** 197 415
Securitization exposure in the banking book **** **** **** 203 664 7 203 664
Market risk **** 10,526 8 720 452 7, 8 720 10,977
Value-at-risk (VaR) 1,439 MR2 1,439
Stressed value-at risk (SVaR) 3,448 MR2 3,448
Add-on for risks-not-in-VaR (RniV) 4,114 MR2 4,114
Incremental risk charge (IRC) 1,524 MR2 1,524
Comprehensive risk measure (CRM)^3^
Securitization / re-securitization in the trading book 720 452 MR1 720 452
Operational risk **** 80,345 **** **** **** **** **** 80,345
Amounts below thresholds for deduction (250% risk weight) 1,019 2,548 **** 3,541 8,853 **** 4,560 11,402
Deferred tax assets 3,541 8,853 3,541 8,853
Significant investments in non-consolidated financial<br> institutions 1,019 2,548 1,019 2,548
Total 616,084 210,191 **** 137,240 51,944 **** 753,324 262,135

21

UBS Group AG consolidated

Regulatory exposures and risk-weighted assets (continued)
31.12.18 Standardized approach^2^ Total
million RWA Section or table reference Net EAD RWA Section or table reference Net EAD RWA
Credit risk (excluding<br> counterparty credit risk) 87,019 4 56,467 25,972 4 590,054 112,991
Central governments and central banks 2,537 CR6, CR7 17,854 748 CR4, CR5 157,485 3,285
Banks and securities dealers 5,272 CR6, CR7 7,456 1,842 CR4, CR5 22,910 7,114
Public-sector entities, multilateral development banks 769 CR6, CR7 1,232 349 CR4, CR5 9,324 1,118
Corporates: specialized lending 12,156 CR6, CR7 CR4, CR5 22,858 12,156
Corporates: other lending 30,588 CR6, CR7 6,467 5,010 CR4, CR5 67,106 35,599
Central counterparties 284 27 284 27
Retail 35,697 CR6, CR7 12,650 8,481 CR4, CR5 299,562 44,178
Residential mortgages 26,696 6,685 2,884 149,098 29,580
Qualifying revolving retail<br> exposures (QRRE) 624 1,772 624
Other retail1 8,377 5,966 5,597 148,692 13,974
Non-counterparty-related risk 10,524 9,514 CR4, CR5 10,524 9,514
Property, equipment and<br> software 9,305 9,305 9,305 9,305
Other 1,219 209 1,219 209
Counterparty credit risk2 22,660 5 85,179 11,622 5 168,381 34,282
Central governments and central banks 693 CCR3, CCR4 2,997 353 CCR3, CCR4 9,065 1,046
Banks and securities dealers 5,118 CCR3, CCR4 3,166 955 CCR3, CCR4 20,009 6,073
Public-sector entities, multilateral development banks 249 CCR3, CCR4 670 39 CCR3, CCR4 2,658 288
Corporates incl. specialized lending 16,253 CCR3, CCR4 16,850 7,849 CCR3, CCR4 58,522 24,102
Central counterparties 346 51,139 1,795 67,769 2,142
Retail 10,358 631 CCR3, CCR4 10,358 631
Credit valuation adjustment<br> (CVA) 1,479 5, CCR2 **** 1,338 5, CCR2 **** 2,816
Equity positions in the<br> banking book (CR) 3,658 4, CR10 **** **** **** 879 3,658
Settlement risk 89 **** 222 285 **** 280 375
Securitization exposure in<br> the banking book **** **** 213 709 7 213 709
Market risk 19,541 8 500 452 7, 8 500 19,992
Value-at-risk (VaR) 2,454 MR2 2,454
Stressed value-at risk (SVaR) 5,866 MR2 5,866
Add-on for risks-not-in-VaR (RniV) 8,915 MR2 8,915
Incremental risk charge (IRC) 2,299 MR2 2,299
Comprehensive risk measure (CRM) 7 MR2 7
Securitization / re-securitization in the trading book 500 452 MR1 500 452
Operational risk 77,558 **** **** **** **** **** 77,558
Amounts below thresholds for<br> deduction (250% risk weight) 2,583 **** 3,513 8,782 **** 4,487 11,365
Deferred tax assets 3,513 8,782 3,513 8,782
Significant investments in non-consolidated financial<br> institutions 2,583 975 2,583
Total 214,587 **** 146,094 49,159 **** 764,795 263,747
1 Consists primarily of Lombard lending, which represents loans<br> made against the pledge of eligible marketable securities or cash, as well as<br> exposures to small businesses, private clients and other retail customers<br> without mortgage financing.    2 The split between A-IRB / model-based<br> approach and standardized approach for counterparty credit risk refers to the<br> exposure measure, whereas the split in tables CCR3 and CCR4 refers to the<br> risk weight approach. As of 31 December 2019, 97,845 million of EAD (30<br> June 2019: 95,241 million; 31 December 2018: 93,933 million) was<br> subject to the A-IRB approach, and  6,348 million of EAD (30 June<br> 2019: 6,737 million; 31 December 2018: 6,679 million) was subject to<br> the standardized approach.    3 As of 30 June 2019 and 31 December 2019, the<br> CRM-based capital requirement has not been applicable to us, as we have not<br> held eligible correlation trading positions.

All values are in US Dollars.

22

Section 3  Linkage between financial statements and regulatoryexposures

This section provides information about the differences between our regulatory exposures and carrying amounts presented in our financial statements prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). Assets and liabilities presented in our IFRS financial statements may be subject to more than one risk framework, as explained further on the next page.

Annual |

LI1: Differences between<br> accounting and regulatory scopes of consolidation and mapping of financial<br> statement categories with regulatory risk categories
31.12.19 Carrying amounts under scope of regulatory consolidation Carrying amounts of items:
million **** Subject to credit risk framework^1^ Subject to counterparty credit risk framework^2^ Subject to securitization framework^3^ Subject to market risk framework Not subject to capital requirements or subject to deduction from capital
Assets **** **** **** **** **** ****
Cash and balances at central banks 107,068 107,068 **** **** **** ****
Loans and advances to banks 12,211 11,548 663^4^ **** 62 ****
Receivables from securities financing transactions 84,245 **** 84,245 **** 92 ****
Cash collateral receivables on derivative instruments 23,289 **** 23,289 **** 369 ****
Loans and advances to customers 326,842 322,725 4,117^4^ **** **** ****
Other financial assets measured at amortized cost 22,542 22,230 1,524^6^ **** **** ****
Total financial assets<br> measured at amortized cost 576,197 463,571 113,838 **** 523 ****
Financial assets at fair value held for trading 127,488 6,275^5^ 41,285^6^ 117 121,397 ****
Derivative financial instruments 121,852 **** 121,852 **** 117,334 ****
Brokerage receivables 18,007 4,906 13,101 **** **** ****
Financial assets at fair value not held for trading7 56,255 38,435 6,937^6,8^ 81 17,477 ****
Total financial assets<br> measured at fair value through profit or loss 323,602 49,616 183,175 198 256,207 ****
Financial assets measured at<br> fair value through other comprehensive income 6,345 6,345 217^6^ **** **** ****
Consolidated participations 96 96 **** **** **** ****
Investments in associates 1,051 873 **** **** **** 178
Property, equipment and software 12,756 12,756 **** **** **** ****
Goodwill and intangible assets 6,469 **** **** **** **** 6,469
Deferred tax assets 9,537^9^ 3,580 **** **** **** 6,342
Other non-financial assets 7,850 3,243 **** **** 4,597 9
Total assets 943,902 540,079 297,230 198 261,327 12,998
Liabilities **** **** **** **** **** ****
Amounts due to banks 6,570 **** **** **** **** 6,570
Payables from securities financing transactions 7,778 **** 7,778 **** **** ****
Cash collateral payables on derivative instruments 31,415 **** 31,415 **** 258 ****
Customer deposits 448,291 **** **** **** **** 448,291
Debt issued measured at amortized cost 110,492 **** **** **** **** 110,492
Other financial liabilities measured at amortized cost 9,557 **** **** **** **** 9,557
Total financial liabilities<br> measured at amortized cost 614,103 **** 39,193 **** 258 574,910
Financial liabilities at fair value held for trading 30,591 **** **** **** 30,591 ****
Derivative financial instruments 120,883 **** 120,883 **** 116,300 ****
Brokerage payables designated at fair value 37,233 **** **** **** **** 37,233
Debt issued designated at fair value 66,822 **** **** **** 66,174 648
Other financial liabilities designated at fair value 7,795 **** **** **** 7,601 194
Total financial liabilities<br> measured at fair value through profit or loss 263,324 **** 120,883 **** 220,666 38,075
Provisions 2,974 **** **** **** **** 2,974
Other non-financial liabilities 8,792 **** **** **** **** 8,792
Total liabilities 889,193 **** 160,076 **** 220,924 624,752
1 Includes non-counterparty-related risk and equity positions in<br> the banking book subject to the simple risk weight method of 19,749<br> million, which are excluded from the credit risk tables CR1, CR2, CR3 and CRB<br> in section 3 of this report, resulting in IFRS carrying values reflected in<br> the credit risk section of 520,330 million. However, credit risk tables<br> CR4 and CR5 include non-counterparty-related risk and credit risk table CR10<br> includes equity positions in the banking book, both not subject to the<br> threshold deduction approach.    2 Includes settlement risk, which is not<br> included in section 5 of this report.    3 This column only consists of<br> securitization positions in the banking book. Trading book securitizations<br> are included in the “Subject to market risk framework” column.    4 Consists<br> of settlement risk and margin loans, which are both subject to counterparty<br> credit risk.    5 Includes trading portfolio assets in the banking book and<br> traded loans.    6 Includes assets pledged as collateral, since collateral<br> posted is subject to counterparty credit risk.    7 Funded collar trades<br> without re-hypothecation rights are treated as non-credit bearing exposures<br> and are excluded from the “Subject to credit risk framework” column.    8<br> Includes structured reverse repurchase and securities borrowing agreements,<br> as well as other exposures subject to the counterparty credit risk<br> framework.    9 Net of deferred tax liabilities, which are offset against<br> prudential filters (e.g., goodwill and intangibles, as well as cash flow<br> hedges) in the regulatory capital calculation.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

23

UBS Group AG consolidated

Annual | The LI1 table on the previous page provides a breakdown of the IFRS balance sheet into the risk types used to calculate our regulatory capital requirements. Receivables from securities financing transactions, cash collateral receivables and payables on derivative instruments, financial assets at fair value held for trading, derivative financial instruments, and financial assets at fair value not held for trading are subject to regulatory capital charges in both the market risk and the counterparty credit risk categories. In addition, other financial assets measured at amortized cost, financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss and financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income include securities that have been pledged as collateral. These securities are also considered in the counterparty credit risk framework, as collateral pledged is subject to counterparty credit risk. p

LIA: Explanation of the differencesbetween the IFRS and regulatory scopes of consolidation

Annual

| The scope of consolidation for the purpose of calculating Group regulatory capital is generally the same as the consolidation scope under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and includes subsidiaries that are directly or indirectly controlled by UBS Group AG and are active in banking and finance. However, subsidiaries consolidated under IFRS whose business is outside the banking and finance sector are excluded from the regulatory scope of consolidation.

The key difference between the IFRS and regulatory scope of consolidation as of 31 December 2019 relates to investments in insurance, real estate and commercial companies, as well as investment vehicles, that are consolidated under IFRS, but not for regulatory capital purposes, where they are subject to risk-weighting.

The table below provides a list of the most significant entities that were included in the IFRS scope of consolidation but not in the regulatory scope of consolidation. These entities account for most of the difference between the “Balance sheet in accordance with IFRS scope of consolidation” and the “Balance sheet in accordance with regulatory scope of consolidation” columns in the CC2 table. Such difference is mainly related to financial assets at fair value not held for trading and other financial liabilities designated at fair value. As of 31 December 2019, entities consolidated under either the IFRS or the regulatory scope of consolidation did not report any significant capital deficiencies.

In the banking book, certain equity investments are not consolidated under IFRS nor under the regulatory scope. As of 31 December 2019, these investments mainly consisted of infrastructure holdings and joint operations (e.g., settlement and clearing institutions, stock and financial futures exchanges) and included our participation in the SIX Group. These investments are risk weighted based on applicable threshold rules.

More information about the legal structure of the UBS Group and on the IFRS scope of consolidation is provided on pages 15 and 312–313, respectively, of our Annual Report 2019, available under “Annual reporting” at www.ubs.com/investors. p

Semiannual |

Main legal entities consolidated under IFRS but not included in the regulatory scope of consolidation
**** 31.12.19 ****
USD million Total assets^1^ Total equity^1^ Purpose
UBS Asset Management Life Ltd 28,225 44 Life Insurance
UBS Life Insurance Company USA 144 43 Life insurance
1 Total assets and total equity on a standalone basis.

p

24

Annual |

LI2: Main sources of<br> differences between regulatory exposure amounts and carrying amounts in<br> financial statements (under the regulatory scope of consolidation)
31.12.19 Total Items subject to:
million **** Credit risk framework Counterparty credit risk framework Securitization framework Market risk framework
1 943,902 540,079^1^ 297,230 198 261,327
2 (121,463) **** (121,463) **** ****
3 822,439 540,079 175,767 198 261,327
4 73,424 73,412 12 **** ****
5 (12,998) **** **** **** ****
6 89,762 **** 89,762 **** ****
7 (92,465) **** (92,465) **** ****
8 (99,219) (6,483) **** (10) (260,657)^4^
9 780,942 607,008 173,076 188 670
1 Includes non-counterparty-related risk and equity positions in<br> the banking book subject to the simple risk weight method of 19,749<br> million, which are excluded from the credit risk tables CR1, CR2, CR3 and CRB<br> in section 3 of this report, resulting in IFRS carrying amounts reflected in<br> the credit risk section of 520,330 million. However, credit risk tables<br> CR4 and CR5 include non-counterparty-related risk and credit risk table CR10<br> includes equity positions in the banking book, both not subject to the<br> threshold deduction approach.    2 Includes the amounts of financial instruments<br> and cash collateral considered for netting per the relevant netting agreement<br> in order to not exceed the net amount of financial assets presented on the<br> balance sheet (included in row 1); i.e., over-collateralization, where it<br> exists, is not reflected in the table.    3 Includes off-balance sheet<br> exposures where a credit conversion factor is applied.    4 Exposure at<br> default is only calculated for securitization exposures in the trading book,<br> resulting in a difference between carrying amounts and exposure amounts<br> considered for regulatory purposes. The effect on the total exposure is<br> higher, since certain exposures are subject to regulatory capital charges in<br> both the market risk and the counterparty credit risk categories.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

Regulatory exposures

Annual | The LI2 table above illustrates the key differences between regulatory exposure amounts and accounting carrying amounts under the regulatory scope of consolidation. In addition to the accounting carrying amounts, the regulatory exposure amounts include:

–   netting of financial instruments and cash collateral where an enforceable master netting agreement is in place (row 2);

–   off-balance sheet amounts not related to derivatives and securities financing transactions (SFTs) (row 4);

–   potential future exposure (PFE) for derivatives, offset by eligible financial collateral deductions (row 6);

–   effects from the model calculation of effective expected positive exposure (EEPE) applied to derivatives (row 6);

–   any collateral mitigation through the application of the close-out period approach or the comprehensive measurement approach (row 7); and

–   effects of collateral mitigation in the banking book (row 8).

The regulatory exposure amount excludes prudential filters (row 5), comprising items subject to deduction from capital, which are not risk weighted. In addition, exposures that are only subject to market risk do not create any regulatory exposure, as their risk is reflected as part of our market risk RWA calculation (row 8).p

Fair value measurement

The table below references additional information about fair value measurement that is provided in our Annual Report 2019, available under “Annual reporting” at www.ubs.com/investors.

Annual |

Pillar 3 disclosure requirement Annual Report 2019 section Disclosure Annual Report 2019 page number
Valuation methodologies applied, including mark-to-market and<br> mark-to-model methodologies in use Consolidated financial statements – Note 24a Valuation principles 404–405
– Note 24c Fair value hierarchy 406–412
– Note 24f Level 3 instruments: valuation techniques and inputs 415–417
Description of the independent price verification process Consolidated financial statements – Note 24b Valuation governance 405
Procedures for valuation adjustments or reserves for valuing<br> trading positions by type of instrument Consolidated financial statements – Note 24d Valuation adjustments 412–414

p

25

UBS Group AG consolidated

Section 4  Credit risk

Introduction

This section provides information about the exposures subject to the Basel III credit risk framework, as presented in the “Regulatory exposures and risk-weighted assets” table on pages 20–22  of this report. Information about counterparty credit risk is reflected in the “Counterparty credit risk” section on pages 57–66  of this report. Securitization positions are reported in the “Securitizations” section on pages 72–79  of this report.

The tables in this section provide details regarding the exposures used to determine the firm’s credit risk-related regulatory capital requirement. The parameters applied under the advanced internal ratings-based (A-IRB) approach are generally based on the same methodologies, data and systems we use for internal credit risk quantification, except where certain treatments are specified by regulatory requirements. These include, for example, the application of regulatory prescribed floors and multipliers, and differences with respect to eligibility criteria and exposure definitions. The exposure information presented in this section may therefore differ from our internal management view disclosed in the “Risk management and control” sections of our quarterly and annual reports. Similarly, the regulatory capital prescribed measure of credit risk exposure also differs from how it is defined under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).

Credit risk exposure categories

Annual | The definitions of the FINMA-defined Pillar 3 credit risk exposure categories “Loans” and “Debt securities” below, as referred to in the “CR1: Credit quality of assets” and “CR3: Credit risk mitigation techniques – overview” tables in this section, provide a link to the IFRS balance sheet structure.

The Pillar 3 category “Loans” comprises financial instruments held with the  intent to collect the contractual payments and includes the following IFRS balances to the extent that they are subject to the credit risk framework:

–   balances at central banks;

–   Loans and advances tobanks;

–   Loans and advances tocustomers;

–   Other financial assetsmeasured at amortized cost, excluding money market instruments, checks and bills and other debt instruments;

–   traded loans in the banking book that are included within Financial assets at fair value held fortrading;

–   brokerage receivables;

–   loans including structured loans that are included within Financial assets at fair value not held fortrading;  and

–   other non-financial assets.

The Pillar 3 category “Debt securities” includes the following IFRS balances to the extent that they are subject to the credit risk framework:

–   money market instruments, checks and bills and other debt instruments that are included within Otherfinancial assets measured at amortized cost;

–   Financial assets at fairvalue held for trading, excluding traded loans;

–   Financial assets at fairvalue not held for trading, excluding loans; and

–   Financial assetsmeasured at fair value through other comprehensive income. p

This section is organized in eight sub-sections:

Credit risk management

Annual | This sub-section includes a reference to disclosures on our risk management objectives and risk management process, our organizational structure and our risk governance. p

Credit risk exposure and credit quality of assets

Annual | Semiannual | This sub-section provides information about our credit risk exposures and credit quality of assets. pp

Credit risk mitigation

Annual | Semiannual | This sub-section refers to disclosures on policies and processes for collateral evaluation and management, the use of netting and credit risk mitigation instruments. We also disclose information about our credit risk mitigation (CRM) techniques used to reduce credit risk for loans and debt securities. All secured exposures are presented in a table, irrespective of whether the standardized approach or the A-IRB approach is used for the risk-weighted assets (RWA) calculation.pp

Credit risk under the standardized approach

Annual | Semiannual | This sub-section provides information about the use of external credit assessment institutions (ECAIs) to determine risk weightings applied to rated counterparties, as well as quantitative information about credit risk exposures and the effect of CRM under the standardized approach. pp

26

Credit risk under internal risk-based approaches

Annual | Semiannual | This sub-section refers to disclosures on our internal risk-based models used to calculate RWA, including information about internal model development and control, as well as characteristics of our models. It further includes tables that provide information about credit risk exposures under the A-IRB approach, including the main parameters used in A-IRB models for the calculation of capital requirements, presented by portfolio and probability of default (PD) range. pp

Credit risk risk-weighted assets under the A-IRB approach

Quarterly | This sub-section comprises disclosures on the quarterly credit risk RWA development under the A-IRB approach. p

Backtesting

Annual | This sub-section includes disclosures on the backtesting of PD calculations*.* p

Equity exposures

Semiannual | This sub-section provides information about our equity exposures under the simple risk weight method. p

Credit risk management

The table below presents an overview of Pillar 3 disclosures that are provided separately in our Annual Report 2019.

Annual |

CRA – Credit risk management
Pillar 3 disclosure requirement Annual Report 2019 section Disclosure Annual Report 2019 page number
Translation of the business model into the components of the<br> bank’s credit risk profile Risk, treasury and capital management – Key risks, risk measures and performance by business division<br> and Corporate Center 106
– Risk categories, Risk definitions 107
– Credit risk profile of the Group 120
– Main sources of credit risk 119
Consolidated financial statements – Note 23d Maximum exposure to credit risk 395–396
Criteria and approach used for defining credit risk management<br> policy and for setting credit risk limits Risk, treasury and capital management – Risk governance 109–110
– Risk appetite framework 111–114
– Risk measurement 116–118
– Credit risk – Overview of measurement, monitoring and management<br> techniques 119
Structure and organization of the credit risk management and<br> control function Risk, treasury and capital management – Risk governance 109–110
Interaction between the credit risk management, risk control,<br> compliance and internal audit functions Risk, treasury and capital management – Risk governance 109–110
– Risk appetite framework 111–114
Scope and content of the reporting on credit risk exposure to<br> the executive management and to the board of directors Risk, treasury and capital management – Risk governance 109–110
– Internal risk reporting 115
– Credit risk profile of the Group 120
– Risk appetite framework 111–114

p

27

UBS Group AG consolidated

Credit risk exposure and credit qualityof assets

Amounts shown in the tables below and on the following pages are IFRS carrying amounts according to the regulatory scope of consolidation that are subject to the credit risk framework.

Annual |

CRB: Breakdown of exposures by industry
31.12.19
USD million Banks Construc-<br><br> <br>tion Electricity, gas, water supply Financial services Hotels and restaurants Manufac-<br><br> <br>turing^2^ Mining Private households Public authorities Real estate and rentals Retail and wholesale^3^ Services Other^4^ Total carrying amount of assets
Balances at central banks 106,265 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** 106,265
Loans and advances to banks^1^ 11,548 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** 11,548
Loans and advances to customers^1^ **** 2,402 955 62,173 1,653 3,354 628 201,544 1,086 15,917 6,816 20,954 5,241 322,725
Other financial assets measured at amortized cost 2,853 184 5 2,036 6 307 9 4,013 8,559 309 129 2,907 550 21,868
Total financial assets measured at amortized cost 120,667 2,586 960 64,209 1,660 3,661 636 205,558 9,645 16,226 6,946 23,861 5,792 462,406
Financial assets at fair value held for trading 1 271 16 227 0 329 7 0 5,260 3 141 **** 7 6,262
Brokerage receivables 6 39 17 329 6 0 4 3,872 18 **** 18 514 86 4,906
Financial assets at fair value not held for trading 12,840 56 **** 5,300 **** **** 0 196 17,681 1,208 **** 86 **** 37,367
Total financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss 12,847 365 33 5,856 6 329 11 4,068 22,958 1,211 159 600 93 48,535
Financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income 230 **** **** 2,356 **** **** **** **** 2,156 **** **** 1,602 **** 6,345
Other non-financial assets 297 **** 0 49 **** **** **** 463 1,314 2 **** 890 29 3,044
Total 134,041 2,952 992 72,470 1,665 3,990 647 210,088 36,072 17,439 7,105 26,953 5,915 520,330
31.12.18
Balances at central banks 107,622 107,622
Loans and advances to banks^1^ 15,612 15,612
Loans and advances to customers^1^ 2,005 777 58,944 1,806 3,963 571 196,407 2,366 14,982 7,103 20,449 5,390 314,762
Other financial assets measured at amortized cost 2,350 127 1 2,560 7 280 10 4,503 8,698 305 124 2,292 441 21,698
Total financial assets measured at amortized cost 125,584 2,132 779 61,505 1,812 4,244 581 200,910 11,063 15,287 7,227 22,741 5,831 459,695
Financial assets at fair value held for trading 93 20 76 224 2 121 25 7,777 226 23 96 52 8,735
Brokerage receivables 7 42 19 322 4 4 3,360 36 573 40 4,407
Financial assets at fair value not held for trading 13,505 1 11,752 16 1,284 22,468 291 106 30 49,452
Total financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss 13,606 62 96 12,297 6 121 45 4,644 30,246 517 58 775 121 62,594
Financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income 209 **** **** 3,931 **** **** **** 50 2,473 **** **** 4 **** 6,666
Other non-financial assets 300 53 419 1,248 1 971 28 3,021
Total 139,699 2,194 875 77,786 1,818 4,365 626 206,022 45,030 15,805 7,285 24,491 5,980 531,975
1 Loan exposure is reported in line with the IFRS definition.   <br> 2 Includes the chemicals industry.    3 Includes the food and beverages<br> industry.    4 Consists of Transport, storage, communications and other.

p

28

Annual | The table below provides a breakdown of our credit risk exposures by geographical area. The geographical distribution is based on the legal domicile of the counterparty or issuer. p

Annual |

CRB: Breakdown of exposures by geographical area
31.12.19
USD million Asia Pacific Latin America Middle East and Africa North America Switzerland Rest of Europe Total carrying amount of assets
Balances at central banks 8,612 0 **** 11,251 74,335 12,068 106,265
Loans and advances to banks^1^ 3,720 191 429 4,107 88 3,013 11,548
Loans and advances to customers^1^ 24,148 5,377 4,861 84,674 169,229 34,436 322,725
Other financial assets measured at amortized cost 426 74 33 16,073 2,260 3,002 21,868
Total financial assets measured at amortized cost 36,905 5,642 5,322 116,105 245,912 52,519 462,406
Financial assets at fair value held for trading 213 753 0 2,897 8 2,391 6,262
Brokerage receivables 6 52 15 4,800 3 29 4,906
Financial assets at fair value not held for trading 7,726 0 30 15,148 970 13,493 37,367
Total financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss 7,946 805 46 22,845 980 15,914 48,535
Financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income 450 81 0 5,814 0 0 6,345
Other non-financial assets 126 26 3 542 355 1,992 3,044
Total 45,427 6,554 5,371 145,306 247,248 70,424 520,330
31.12.18
Balances with central banks 6,528 15,655 70,008 15,430 107,622
Loans and advances to banks^1^ 4,485 155 461 5,870 261 4,380 15,612
Loans and advances to customers^1^ 23,068 5,525 4,526 81,028 164,390 36,225 314,762
Other financial assets measured at amortized cost 404 33 19 16,988 1,995 2,259 21,698
Total financial assets measured at amortized cost 34,486 5,714 5,006 119,541 236,655 58,294 459,695
Financial assets at fair value held for trading 1,754 631 8 3,384 30 2,928 8,735
Brokerage receivables 6 55 14 4,278 11 43 4,407
Financial assets at fair value not held for trading 16,196 16,741 2,431 14,084 49,452
Total financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss 17,956 686 21 24,403 2,472 17,055 62,594
Financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income 439 76 **** 6,151 **** **** 6,666
Other non-financial assets 134 29 4 481 295 2,078 3,021
Total 53,015 6,504 5,032 150,575 239,422 77,427 531,975
1 Loan exposure is reported in line with IFRS definition.

p

29

UBS Group AG consolidated

Annual | The table below provides a breakdown of our credit risk exposure by residual maturity. Residual maturity is presented based on contract end date and does not include potential early redemption features. p

Annual |

CRB: Breakdown of exposures by residual maturity
31.12.19
USD million Due in<br><br> <br>1 year or less Due between<br><br> <br>1 year and 5 years Due over<br><br> <br>5 years Total carrying amount of assets
Balances at central banks 106,265 **** **** 106,265
Loans and advances to banks^1^ 11,520 22 6 11,548
Loans and advances to customers^1^ 184,870 85,846 52,009 322,725
Other financial assets measured at amortized cost 6,281 7,736 7,851 21,868
Total financial assets measured at amortized cost 308,937 93,603 59,866 462,406
Financial assets at fair value held for trading 610 571 5,082 6,262
Brokerage receivables 4,906 **** **** 4,906
Financial assets at fair value not held for trading 16,151 19,477 1,739 37,367
Total financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss 21,667 20,048 6,821 48,535
Financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income 1,054 547 4,743 6,345
Other non-financial assets 1,751 1,293 **** 3,044
Total 333,409 115,491 71,430 520,330
31.12.18
Balances at central banks 107,622 107,622
Loans and advances to banks^1^ 15,559 34 19 15,612
Loans and advances to customers^1^ 178,182 89,294 47,286 314,762
Other financial assets measured at amortized cost 6,811 6,545 8,342 21,698
Total financial assets measured at amortized cost 308,174 95,874 55,647 459,695
Financial assets at fair value held for trading 488 1,453 6,793 8,735
Brokerage receivables 4,407 4,407
Financial assets at fair value not held for trading 28,597 18,668 2,188 49,452
Total financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss 33,492 20,121 8,981 62,594
Financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income 1,077 1,409 4,180 6,666
Other non-financial assets 1,709 1,312 3,021
Total 344,452 118,716 68,808 531,975
1 Loan exposure is reported in line with the IFRS definition.

p

30

Policies for past-due, non-performing and credit-impaired claims

Annual |  In line with the regulatory definition, we report a claim as non-performing when: (i) it is more than 90 days past due; (ii) it is subject to restructuring proceedings, where preferential conditions concerning interest rates, subordination, tenor, etc. have been granted in order to avoid default of the counterparty (forbearance); or (iii) the counterparty is subject to bankruptcy / enforced liquidation proceedings in any form, even if there is sufficient collateral to cover the due payment or there is other evidence that payment obligations will not be fully met without recourse to collateral.

UBS applies a single definition of default for classifying assets and determining the PD of its obligors for risk modeling purposes. The definition of default is based on quantitative and qualitative criteria. A counterparty is classified as defaulted at the latest when material payments of interest, principal or fees are overdue for more than 90 days, or more than 180 days for certain exposures in relation to loans to private and commercial clients in Personal & Corporate Banking, and to private clients of Global Wealth Management Region Switzerland. UBS does not consider the general 90-day presumption for default recognition appropriate for those latter portfolios based on an analysis of the cure rates, which demonstrated that strict application of the 90-day criterion would not accurately reflect the inherent credit risk. Counterparties are also classified as defaulted when: bankruptcy, insolvency proceedings or enforced liquidation have

commenced; obligations have been restructured on preferential terms (forbearance); or there is other evidence that payment obligations will not be fully met without recourse to collateral. The latter may be the case even if, to date, all contractual payments have been made when due. If one claim against a counterparty is defaulted on, generally all claims against the counterparty are treated as defaulted.

An instrument is classified as credit-impaired if the counterparty is classified as defaulted, and/or the instrument is identified as purchased or originated credit-impaired (POCI). An instrument is POCI if it has been purchased at a deep discount to its carrying amount following a risk event of the issuer or originated with a defaulted counterparty. Once a financial asset is classified as defaulted/credit-impaired (except POCI), it is reported as a stage 3 instrument and remains as such unless all past due amounts have been rectified, additional payments have been made on time, the position is not classified as credit-restructured, and there is general evidence of credit recovery. A three-month probation period is applied before a transfer back to stages 1 or 2 can be triggered. However, most instruments remain in stage 3 for a longer period.

The tables on the next page provide a breakdown of impaired exposures by geographical region and industry. The amounts shown are IFRS carrying amounts. The geographical distribution is based on the legal domicile of the counterparty or issuer.p

31

UBS Group AG consolidated

Annual |

CRB: Credit-impaired exposures by industry
31.12.19
USD million Credit-impaired exposures, gross (Stage 3) Allowances for credit-impaired exposures Credit-impaired exposures net of allowances Write-offs for the year ended
Banks 1 0 1 (2)
Construction 44 (12) 33 (4)
Electricity, gas, water supply 14 0 14 (2)
Financial services 296 (62) 234 (5)
Hotels and restaurants 22 (11) 12 (7)
Manufacturing^1^ 178 (103) 75 (30)
Mining 97 (53) 44 (1)
Private households 1,246 (139) 1,107 (21)
Public authorities 34 (5) 29 ****
Real estate and rentals 480 (36) 444 (4)
Retail and wholesale^2^ 236 (167) 69 (14)
Services 125 (40) 85 (13)
Transport, storage, communications and other 206 (27) 179 (39)
Total 2,981 (655) 2,326 (142)
31.12.18
Banks 3 (3) 0 0
Construction 33 (12) 21 (9)
Electricity, gas, water supply 14 (2) 13 (1)
Financial services 164 (48) 115 (7)
Hotels and restaurants 69 (11) 58 0
Manufacturing^1^ 207 (110) 98 (81)
Mining 87 (31) 56 (5)
Private households 1,035 (151) 884 (29)
Public authorities 28 (7) 21 0
Real estate and rentals 519 (51) 467 0
Retail and wholesale^2^ 251 (182) 69 (4)
Services 117 (39) 78 (5)
Transport, storage, communications and other 359 (12) 347 (67)
Total 2,886 (659) 2,227 (210)
1 Includes the chemicals industry    2 Includes the food and<br> beverages industry.

p

Annual | The table below provides a breakdown of our credit risk exposures by geographical region. The geographical distribution is based on the legal domicile of the counterparty or issuer. p

Annual |

CRB: Credit-impaired exposures by geographical area
31.12.19 **** **** **** ****
USD million Credit-impaired exposures, gross (Stage 3) Allowances for credit-impaired exposures Credit-impaired exposures net of allowances Write-offs for the year ended
Asia Pacific 105 (3) 103 (46)
Latin America 67 (43) 24 (4)
Middle East and Africa 21 (1) 19 (2)
North America 938 (150) 787 (43)
Switzerland 1,456 (329) 1,127 (44)
Rest of Europe 393 (127) 266 (4)
Total 2,981 (655) 2,326 (142)
31.12.18
Asia Pacific 79 (43) 36 (11)
Latin America 67 (45) 23
Middle East and Africa 10 (2) 8 0
North America 742 (121) 621 (24)
Switzerland 1,696 (330) 1,366 (51)
Rest of Europe 292 (118) 174 (123)
Total 2,886 (659) 2,227 (210)

p

32

Semiannual | The CR1 table below provides a breakdown of defaulted and non-defaulted loans, debt securities and off-balance sheet exposures. The table includes a split of ECL accounting provisions based on the standardized approach and the internal ratings-based approach. More information about the net value movements related to Loans and Debt securities shown in the table is provided on page 36 in the “CR3: Credit risk mitigation techniques – overview” table.p

Semiannual |

CR1: Credit quality of assets
Gross carrying amounts of: Allowances / impairments Of which: ECL accounting provisions for credit losses on SA exposures Of which: ECL accounting provisions for credit losses on IRB exposures<br><br> <br>(Stage 1, 2, 3) Net values
million Defaulted exposures^1^ Non-defaulted exposures Allocated in regulatory category of Specific<br><br> <br>(Stage 3 credit-impaired) Allocated in regulatory category of General<br><br> <br>(Stage 1 & 2)
31.12.19 **** **** ****
1 2,981 455,494 (911)^4^ (114) (68) (729) 457,564
2 **** 62,766 **** **** **** **** 62,766
3 132 52,725 (78)^4^ (1) (3) (75) 52,778
4 3,113 570,986 (989)^4^ (115) (71) (804) 573,108
30.6.19 **** **** ****
1 2,703 446,046 (902)^4^ (148) (56) (698) 447,847
2 67,788 67,788
3 217 49,766 (82)^4^ (1) (2) (79) 49,901
4 2,920 563,600 (984)^4^ (149) (59) (776) 565,536
31.12.18 **** **** ****
1 2,886 460,119 (931)^4^ (124) (58) (750) 462,073
2 69,902 69,902
3 268 54,124 (81)^4^ (1) (3) (77) 54,312
4 3,154 584,145 (1,012)^4^ (125) (61) (827) 586,288
1 Defaulted exposures are in line with credit-impaired exposures<br> (stage 3) under IFRS 9. Refer to Note 23 “Expected credit loss measurement“<br> of our Annual Report 2019 for more information about IFRS 9.    2 Loan<br> exposure is reported in line with the Pillar 3 definition. Refer to “Credit<br> risk exposure categories” in this section, for more information about the<br> classification of Loans and Debt securities.    3 Off-balance sheet exposures<br> include unutilized credit facilities, guarantees provided and forward<br> starting loan commitments but exclude prolongation of loans which do not<br> increase the initially committed loan amount. Unutilized credit facilities<br> exclude unconditionally revocable as well as uncommitted credit facilities,<br> even if they attract RWA. Comparative figures have been adjusted to adhere to<br> this presentation.    4 Excludes ECL on exposures subject to counterparty<br> credit risk (31 December 2019: 5 million; 30 June 2019: 5 million; 31<br> December 2018:  4 million) and ECL on revocable off-balance sheet<br> exposures (31 December 2019: 35 million; 30 June 2019: 41<br> million; 31 December 2018:  36 million).

All values are in US Dollars.

p

Semiannual | The total amount of defaulted loans and debt securities was USD 3.1 billion as of 31 December 2019. The net increase of USD 0.2 billion compared with 30 June 2019 was mainly driven by exposures outside Switzerland. p

Semiannual |

CR2: Changes in stock of<br> defaulted loans, debt securities and off-balance sheet exposures
million For the half year ended 31.12.19^1^ For the half year ended 30.6.19^1^
1 2,920 3,154
2 780 336
3 (225) (205)
4 (70) (72)
5 (292) (293)
6 3,113 2,920
1 Off-balance sheet exposures include unutilized credit<br> facilities, guarantees provided and forward starting loan commitments but<br> exclude prolongation of loans which do not increase the initially committed<br> loan amount. Unutilized credit facilities exclude unconditionally revocable<br> as well as uncommitted credit facilities, even if they attract RWA.<br> Comparative figures have been adjusted to adhere to this presentation.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

33

UBS Group AG consolidated

Annual | The table below provides a breakdown of total loan balances where payments have been missed. The increase in past-due amounts is mainly related to exposures outside Switzerland. The amount of past-due mortgage loans was not significant compared with the overall size of the mortgage portfolio. Amounts in the table below are IFRS carrying amounts and include the IFRS balance sheet lines Loans and advances to customers and Loans and advances to banks. p

Annual |

CRB: Past due exposures
million 31.12.18
1–10 days 53
11–30 days 98
31–60 days 74
61–90 days 39
>90 days 1,535
of which: mortgage loans 474^1^
Total 1,800
1 Total mortgage loans as of 31 December 2019: 172,853<br> million (31 December 2018: 165,398 million).

All values are in US Dollars.

p

Restructured exposures

Annual | Under imminent payment default or where default has already occurred, we may grant concessions to borrowers in financial difficulties that we would otherwise not consider in the normal course of our business, such as offering preferential interest rates, extending maturity, modifying the schedule of repayments, debt / equity swap, subordination, etc. When a forbearance measure takes place, each case is considered individually and the exposure is generally classified as defaulted. Forbearance classification will remain until the loan is collected or written off, non-preferential conditions are granted that supersede the preferential conditions or until the counterparty has recovered and the preferential conditions no longer exceed our risk tolerance.

Contractual adjustments when there is no evidence of imminent payment default, or where changes to terms and conditions are within our usual risk appetite, are not considered to be forborne.

Refer to pages 135–137 of our Annual Report 2019, available under ”Annual reporting“ at www.ubs.com/investors for more information about our policies for restructured exposures.

The table below provides more information about restructured exposures as of 31 December 2019. The increase is mainly related to exposures outside Switzerland. p

Annual |

CRB: Breakdown of restructured exposures between credit-impaired and non-credit-impaired
**** Credit-impaired Non-credit-impaired Total
USD million 31.12.19 31.12.18 31.12.19 31.12.18 31.12.19 31.12.18
Restructured exposures 1,152 1,114 **** 1,152 1,114

p

34

Credit risk mitigation

The table below presents an overview of Pillar 3 disclosures that are provided separately in our Annual Report 2019.

Annual |

CRC – Credit risk mitigation
Pillar 3 disclosure requirement Annual Report 2019 section Disclosure Annual Report 2019 page number
Core features of policies and processes for, and an indication<br> of the extent to which the bank makes use of, on- and off-balance sheet<br> netting Risk, treasury and capital management – Traded products 125–126
Consolidated financial statements – Note 11 Derivative instruments 365–370
– Note 25 Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities 424–425
– Note 1a item 3i Offsetting 331
Core features of policies and processes for collateral<br> evaluation and management Risk, treasury and capital management – Credit risk mitigation 127–129
Information about market or credit risk concentrations under the<br> credit risk mitigation instruments used Risk, treasury and capital management – Risk concentrations 118
– Credit risk mitigation 127–129
Consolidated financial statements – Note 11 Derivative instruments 365–370
– Note 23d Maximum exposure to credit risk 395-396
– Note 24i Maximum exposure to credit risk for financial<br> instruments measured at fair value 422
– Note 25 Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities 424-425

p

Additional information about counterparty credit risk mitigation is provided in the “Counterparty credit risk” section on pages 57–66 of this report.

35

UBS Group AG consolidated

Semiannual | The CR3 table below provides a breakdown of loans and debt securities into unsecured and partially or fully secured exposures, with additional information about security type.

Total carrying amount of loans increased by USD 9.7 billion to USD 457.6 billion in the second half of 2019. This was primarily driven by increased mortgage loans to customers as well as higher balances at central banks from client-driven activity that affected the funding consumption by business divisions. The total carrying amount of debt securities decreased by USD 5.0 billion to USD 62.8 billion, reflecting a reduction in government bonds and bills as well as debt instruments issued by banks.p

Semiannual |

CR3: Credit risk mitigation<br> techniques – overview1
Secured portion of exposures partially or fully secured:
million Exposures fully unsecured: carrying amount Exposures partially or fully secured: carrying amount Total: carrying amount Exposures secured by collateral Exposures secured by financial guarantees Exposures secured by credit derivatives
31.12.19 **** **** **** **** **** ****
1 138,961 318,603 457,564 307,400 1,125 ****
2 62,766 **** 62,766 **** **** ****
3 201,727 318,603 520,330 307,400 1,125 ****
4 504 1,823 2,327 1,167 225 ****
30.6.19 **** **** **** **** **** ****
1 134,317 313,530 447,847 302,665 1,174 36
2 67,788 67,788
3 202,104 313,530 515,635 302,665 1,174 36
4 342 1,709 2,051 1,137 316
31.12.18 ****
1 145,458 316,615 462,073 304,900 1,204 38
2 69,902 69,902
3 215,360 316,615 531,975 304,900 1,204 38
4 412 1,815 2,227 1,215 320
1 Exposures in this table represent carrying amounts in<br> accordance with the regulatory scope of consolidation.    2 Loan exposure is<br> reported in line with the Pillar 3 definition. Refer to “Credit risk exposure<br> categories” in this section for more information about the classification of<br> Loans and Debt securities.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

36

Standardized approach – credit risk mitigation

Semiannual | The CR4 table below illustrates the effect of credit risk mitigation on the calculation of capital requirements under the standardized approach. In the second half of 2019, off-balance sheet exposures before CCF and CRM under the Corporates asset class increased by USD 4.6 billion to USD 8.8 billion, reflecting increases in exposures to certain clients within Global Wealth Management.  p

Semiannual |

CR4: Standardized approach –<br> credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation (CRM) effects
Exposures<br><br> <br>before CCF and CRM^1^ Exposures<br><br> <br>post-CCF and post-CRM RWA and RWA density
million, except where<br> indicated On-balance sheet amount Off-balance sheet amount Total On-balance sheet amount Off-balance sheet amount Total RWA RWA density in %
31.12.19 ****
Asset classes2 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
1 10,687 **** 10,687 10,687 **** 10,687 938 8.8
2 5,072 928 6,000 5,071 464 5,536 1,314 23.7
3 844 372 1,216 844 74 918 237 25.9
4 6,310 8,823 15,133 5,847 651 6,499 4,839 74.5
5 12,141 4,071 16,212 11,974 100 12,074 7,923 65.6
6 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
7 14,226 **** 14,226 14,226 **** 14,226 13,135 92.3
8 49,280 14,194 63,475 48,648 1,290 49,939 28,386 56.8
30.6.19 ****
Asset classes2 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
1 11,015 11,015 11,011 11,011 882 8.0
2 4,415 1,203 5,618 4,412 720 5,132 1,169 22.8
3 907 323 1,231 890 64 954 281 29.5
4 5,975 4,177 10,151 5,892 565 6,457 4,880 75.6
5 12,428 4,364 16,792 12,235 131 12,367 8,162 66.0
6
7 14,001 14,001 14,001 14,001 12,912 92.2
8 48,741 10,067 58,808 48,442 1,481 49,922 28,287 56.7
31.12.18 ****
Asset classes2 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
1 17,859 17,859 17,851 17,851 746 4.2
2 6,749 1,179 7,928 6,733 722 7,456 1,842 24.7
3 1,180 277 1,457 1,179 55 1,235 351 28.4
4 6,146 4,523 10,669 6,087 722 6,810 5,058 74.3
5 12,786 4,230 17,016 12,437 155 12,592 8,461 67.2
6
7 10,524 10,524 10,524 10,524 9,513 90.4
8 55,244 10,208 65,452 54,812 1,655 56,467 25,972 46.0
1 Exposures in this table represent carrying amounts in<br> accordance with the regulatory scope of consolidation.    2 The CRM effect is<br> reflected in the original asset class.    3 Excludes securitization exposures<br> and RWA under the standardized approach. Refer to the “Regulatory exposures<br> and risk-weighted assets” table in section 2 and to section 7 of this report<br> for more information.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

37

UBS Group AG consolidated

IRB approach – credit derivatives used as credit risk mitigation

Semiannual | The PD substitution is only applied in the RWA calculation when the PD of the hedge provider is lower than the PD of the obligor. In addition, default correlation between the obligor and the hedge provider is taken into account through the double default approach. Credit derivatives with tranched cover or first-loss protection are recognized through the securitization framework. Refer to the “CCR6: Credit derivatives exposures” table in section 5 of this report for notional and fair value information about credit derivatives used as credit risk mitigation. p

Semiannual |

CR7: IRB – effect on RWA of<br> credit derivatives used as CRM techniques1
31.12.19 30.6.19 31.12.18
million Pre-credit derivatives RWA Actual RWA Pre-credit derivatives RWA Actual RWA Pre-credit derivatives RWA Actual RWA
1 **** ****
2 2,446 2,446 3,034 3,033 2,502 2,500
3 **** ****
4 5,911 5,911 4,755 4,755 5,240 5,240
5 **** ****
6 847 847 823 823 798 798
7 **** ****
8 11,525 11,525 11,835 11,835 12,172 12,172
9 **** ****
10 32,394 32,144 30,039 29,794 31,083 30,612
11 29,118 29,118 27,666 27,666 26,696 26,696
12 687 687 647 647 624 624
13 10,180 10,180 8,151 8,151 8,377 8,377
14
15 93,108 92,858 86,950 86,703 87,493 87,019
1 The CRM effect is reflected in the original asset class.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

38

Credit risk under the standardizedapproach

Annual | The standardized approach is generally applied where it is not possible to use the advanced internal ratings-based (A-IRB) approach. The standardized approach requires banks to, where possible, use risk assessments prepared by external credit assessment institutions (ECAI) or export credit agencies to determine the risk weightings applied to rated counterparties. We use three FINMA-recognized ECAI to determine the risk weights for certain counterparties according to the BCBS-defined asset classes: Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s Investors Service and Fitch Ratings.

The mapping of external ratings to the standardized approach risk weights is determined by FINMA and published on its website. There were no changes in the ECAI used compared with 31 December 2018.

Debt instruments are risk weighted in accordance with the specific issue ratings available. In case there is no specific issue rating published by the ECAI, the issuer rating is applied to the senior unsecured claims of that issuer subject to the conditions prescribed by FINMA. For the asset classes Retail, Equity and Other assets, we apply the regulatory prescribed risk weights independent of an external credit rating. p

Annual |

CRD: Qualitative disclosures on banks’ use of external credit ratings under the standardized approach for credit risk
**** **** 31.12.19
External ratings used
Asset classes Moody’s Standard & Poor’s Fitch
1 Central governments and central banks l l l
2 Banks and securities dealers l l l
3 Public-sector entities and multilateral development banks l l l
4 Corporates l l l

p

39

UBS Group AG consolidated

The table below illustrates the exposures by asset classes and the risk weights applied.

Semiannual |

CR5: Standardized approach –<br> exposures by asset classes and risk weights
million
Risk weight 0% 10% 20% 35% 50% 75% 100% 150% Others Total credit exposures amount (post-CCF and post-CRM)
31.12.19 ****
Asset classes **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
1 9,540 **** 225 **** 58 **** 864 **** **** 10,687
2 **** **** 4,863 **** 673 **** 5 **** **** 5,541
3 398 **** 256 **** 155 **** 110 **** **** 920
4 **** **** 1,831 **** 137 172^2^ 4,348 2 **** 6,491
5 **** **** **** 5,846 **** 1,622 4,496 109 **** 12,074
6 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
7 1,091 **** **** **** **** **** 13,135 **** **** 14,226
8 11,030 **** 7,175 5,846 1,023 1,794 22,959 112 **** 49,939
9 **** **** **** 5,846 **** 99 521 **** **** 6,466
10 **** **** **** **** **** **** 242 **** **** 242
30.6.19 ****
Asset classes **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
1 9,924 226 53 813 11,017
2 4,655 471 6 5,132
3 161 528 174 85 949
4 1,826 147 185^2^ 4,297 2 6,457
5 5,805 36 1,763 4,707 55 12,367
6
7 1,089 12,912 14,001
8 11,174 **** 7,235 5,805 881 1,948 22,821 58 **** 49,922
9 5,805 115 742 6,662
10 86 86
31.12.18 ****
Asset classes **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
1 17,061 42 24 727 17,854
2 6,259 1,192 4 0 7,456
3 101 771 330 30 0 1,232
4 1,961 138 266^2^ 4,385 2 6,751
5 5,809 1,811 4,910 120 12,650
6
7 1,010 9,513 10,524
8 18,172 **** 9,033 5,809 1,684 2,077 19,570 122 **** 56,467
9 5,809 97 778 6,685
10 112 112
1 Includes mortgage loans.    2 Relates to structured margin<br> lending exposures based on the methodology agreed with FINMA.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

40

Credit risk under internal ratings-basedapproaches

Annual | We use the A-IRB approach for calculating certain credit risk exposures. Under the A-IRB approach, the required capital for credit risk is quantified through empirical models that we

have developed to estimate the probability of default (PD), loss given default (LGD), exposure at default (EAD) and other parameters, subject to FINMA approval. The table below presents an overview of Pillar 3 disclosures that are provided separately in our Annual Report 2019*.*p

Annual |

CRE – Internal ratings-based models
Pillar 3 disclosure requirement Annual Report 2019 section Disclosure Annual Report 2019 page number
Internal model development, controls and changes Risk, treasury and capital management – Risk measurement 116–118
– Credit risk models 129–135
– Key features of our main credit risk models 130
– Risk governance 109–110
Relationships between risk management and internal audit and<br> independent review of IRB models Risk, treasury and capital management – Risk governance 109–110
– Risk measurement 116–118
Scope and content of the reporting related to credit risk models Risk, treasury and capital management – Risk measurement 116–118
– Credit risk – Overview of measurement, monitoring and management<br> techniques 119
– Credit risk models 129–135
Supervisor approval of applied approaches Risk, treasury and capital management – Risk measurement 116–118
– Changes to models and model parameters during the period 135
– Stress testing 116–117
– Key features of our main credit risk models 130
Number of key models used by portfolio and the main differences<br> between models Risk, treasury and capital management – Credit risk models 129–135
Description of the main characteristics of approved models Risk, treasury and capital management – Credit risk models 129–135

p

Annual | Semiannual | The CR6 table on the following pages provides information about credit risk exposures under the A-IRB approach, including a breakdown of the main parameters used in A-IRB models for the calculation of capital requirements, presented by portfolio and PD range across FINMA-defined asset classes.

Under the A-IRB approach, the required capital for credit risk is quantified through empirical models that we have developed to estimate the PD, LGD, EAD and other parameters, subject to FINMA approval. The proportion of EAD covered by either the standardized or the A-IRB approach is provided in the “Regulatory exposures and risk-weighted assets” table on pages 20–22 of this report. p

As of 31 December 2019, exposures before the application of credit conversion factors (CCFs) increased by USD 19 billion to USD 800 billion across various asset classes, resulting in an overall RWA increase of USD 6 billion.

In the “Retail: other retail” asset class, total exposures pre-CCF increased by USD 13 billion to USD 357 billion, mainly reflecting increases in drawn and unutilized Lombard facilities. RWA for this asset class increased by USD 2 billion to USD 10 billion, due to the aforementioned increase in exposures and a change of the CCF for zero-balance securities-backed lending and margin loans exposures.

In the “Retail: residential mortgages” asset class, total exposures pre-CCF increased from USD 147 billion to USD 150 billion and RWA increased from USD 28 billion to USD 29 billion, reflecting business-driven exposure movements and the continued phasing-in of RWA increases related to PD and LGD changes from the implementation of revised models for Swiss residential mortgages.

In the ”Corporates: other lending“ asset class, RWA increased by USD 2 billion to USD 32 billion, primarily driven by the increase in unutilized credit facilities.

Increases in total exposures pre-CCF and RWA in the “Banks and securities dealers” asset class were driven by guarantees issued in Personal & Corporate Banking.

Information about credit risk RWA for the third quarter of 2019, including details regarding movements in RWA, is provided on pages 7–9 of our 30 September 2019 Pillar 3 report, available under “Pillar 3 disclosures” at www.ubs.com/investors, and for the fourth quarter of 2019 on page 50 of this report. p

41

UBS Group AG consolidated

Semiannual |

CR6: IRB – Credit risk exposures by portfolio and PD range **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
USD million, except where indicated Original on-balance sheet gross exposure Off-balance sheet exposures pre-CCF Total exposures pre-CCF Average CCF in % EAD post-CCF and post-CRM Average PD in % Number of obligors (in thousands) Average LGD in % Average maturity in years RWA RWA density in % EL Provisions^1^
Central governments and central banks as of 31.12.19 ****
0.00 to <0.15 138,755 207 138,961 49.4 138,852 0.0 0.1 30.4 1.0 2,455 1.8 3 ****
0.15 to <0.25 0 **** 0 **** 0 0.2 <0.1 65.8 1.0 0 41.8 0 ****
0.25 to <0.50 0 **** 0 **** 0 0.3 <0.1 45.0 1.0 0 44.4 0 ****
0.50 to <0.75 4 **** 4 **** 4 0.7 <0.1 53.1 1.1 3 77.7 0 ****
0.75 to <2.50 1 0 1 55.0 1 1.4 <0.1 39.4 2.5 1 111.6 0 ****
2.50 to <10.00 0 1 1 76.1 1 2.7 <0.1 10.2 4.4 0 33.0 0 ****
10.00 to <100.00 0 0 0 9.7 0 13.0 <0.1 45.0 1.0 0 206.7 0 ****
100.00 (default) 13 36 49 55.0 22 100.0 <0.1 21.8^3^ 6.4^4^ 23 106.0 11 ****
Subtotal 138,772 243 139,016 50.4 138,880 0.0 0.1 30.4 1.0 2,482 1.8 14 11
Central governments and central banks as of 30.6.19 ****
0.00 to <0.15 139,976 187 140,163 50.6 140,066 0.0 0.1 41.1 1.0 3,030 2.2 4
0.15 to <0.25 0 0 0 0.2 <0.1 64.1 1.0 0 40.6 0
0.25 to <0.50 1 1 1 0.3 <0.1 54.5 1.0 1 53.7 0
0.50 to <0.75 5 5 5 0.7 <0.1 52.9 1.1 4 77.5 0
0.75 to <2.50 1 0 1 55.0 1 1.1 <0.1 37.3 2.7 1 101.6 0
2.50 to <10.00 0 4 4 56.3 2 3.6 <0.1 56.4 2.4 4 166.2 0
10.00 to <100.00 0 0 0 9.8 0 13.9 <0.1 44.9 1.0 0 211.4 0
100.00 (default) 13 37 51 55.0 23 100.0 <0.1 20.7^3^ 6.3^4^ 25 106.0 10
Subtotal 139,996 228 140,224 51.4 140,098 0.0 0.1 41.1 1.0 3,064 2.2 14 12
Central governments and central banks as of 31.12.18 ****
0.00 to <0.15 139,551 19 139,570 46.7 139,558 0.0 0.1 29.1 1.0 2,474 1.8 3
0.15 to <0.25 0 0 0 0.2 <0.1 55.2 1.0 0 34.7 0
0.25 to <0.50 3 0 3 9.8 3 0.3 <0.1 54.9 1.0 1 54.2 0
0.50 to <0.75 9 9 9 0.7 <0.1 97.9 1.1 13 143.1 0
0.75 to <2.50 2 0 2 55.0 1 1.0 <0.1 38.3 2.6 1 101.5 0
2.50 to <10.00 4 12 15 52.1 10 3.6 <0.1 54.3 2.7 16 162.2 0
10.00 to <100.00 28 0 28 9.8 28 13.9 <0.1 5.0 1.0 8 27.1 0
100.00 (default) 13 37 50 55.0 23 100.0 <0.1 20.7^3^ 5.9^4^ 25 106.0 10
Subtotal 139,609 68 139,676 52.2 139,632 0.0 0.2 29.1 1.0 2,537 1.8 14 11

42

CR6: IRB – Credit risk exposures by portfolio and PD range (continued) **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
USD million, except where indicated Original on-balance sheet gross exposure Off-balance sheet exposures pre-CCF Total exposures pre-CCF Average CCF in % EAD post-CCF and post-CRM Average PD in % Number of obligors (in thousands) Average LGD in % Average maturity in years RWA RWA density in % EL Provisions^1^
Banks and securities dealers as of 31.12.19 ****
0.00 to <0.15 11,797 1,914 13,711 50.6 12,591 0.0 0.5 39.0 1.0 1,877 14.9 3 ****
0.15 to <0.25 691 2,191 2,882 84.3 2,304 0.2 0.3 50.4 2.1 1,335 58.0 2 ****
0.25 to <0.50 665 431 1,097 52.1 815 0.4 0.2 47.4 1.5 532 65.3 1 ****
0.50 to <0.75 478 287 765 44.2 577 0.6 0.1 45.3 1.0 478 82.8 2 ****
0.75 to <2.50 830 574 1,404 47.5 922 1.4 0.2 46.3 1.3 1,013 109.8 6 ****
2.50 to <10.00 282 462 744 44.8 377 3.6 0.2 64.4 1.1 810 214.7 9 ****
10.00 to <100.00 44 11 54 43.3 27 14.2 <0.1 38.2 1.2 57 212.6 4 ****
100.00 (default) **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
Subtotal 14,786 5,870 20,657 62.2 17,614 0.3 1.5 42.0 1.2 6,102 34.6 28 11
Banks and securities dealers as of 30.6.19 ****
0.00 to <0.15 12,528 1,769 14,296 53.9 13,516 0.0 0.5 41.7 1.1 2,355 17.4 6
0.15 to <0.25 836 545 1,381 39.1 670 0.2 0.3 54.9 1.3 345 51.5 1
0.25 to <0.50 559 452 1,011 49.4 663 0.4 0.2 62.1 1.0 541 81.6 2
0.50 to <0.75 316 206 522 40.7 354 0.6 0.1 51.3 1.1 307 86.7 1
0.75 to <2.50 539 268 807 27.7 484 1.4 0.2 61.5 0.9 724 149.5 4
2.50 to <10.00 244 269 513 43.4 264 5.1 0.2 51.4 1.0 488 184.7 6
10.00 to <100.00 0 4 4 29.5 1 17.0 <0.1 12.2 1.2 1 67.9 0
100.00 (default)
Subtotal 15,022 3,513 18,535 47.4 15,953 0.2 1.5 44.1 1.1 4,762 29.8 20 8
Banks and securities dealers as of 31.12.18 ****
0.00 to <0.15 11,855 1,805 13,659 54.1 12,639 0.1 0.5 43.0 1.1 2,433 19.2 4
0.15 to <0.25 1,011 458 1,469 45.8 793 0.2 0.3 49.3 1.3 364 45.9 1
0.25 to <0.50 454 391 845 51.9 570 0.4 0.2 61.8 1.1 455 79.8 1
0.50 to <0.75 167 263 430 42.4 221 0.6 0.1 62.9 1.1 243 110.0 1
0.75 to <2.50 974 304 1,278 45.9 866 1.7 0.2 48.3 1.4 1,098 126.8 7
2.50 to <10.00 320 388 708 44.6 363 4.7 0.2 52.5 1.0 674 185.5 9
10.00 to <100.00 0 12 12 28.0 3 15.9 <0.1 32.5 1.0 5 165.1 0
100.00 (default)
Subtotal 14,780 3,621 18,401 50.0 15,454 0.3 1.5 44.8 1.1 5,272 34.1 22 7

43

UBS Group AG consolidated

CR6: IRB – Credit risk exposures by portfolio and PD range (continued) **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
USD million, except where indicated Original on-balance sheet gross exposure Off-balance sheet exposures pre-CCF Total exposures pre-CCF Average CCF in % EAD post-CCF and post-CRM Average PD in % Number of obligors (in thousands) Average LGD in % Average maturity in years RWA RWA density in % EL Provisions^1^
Public-sector entities, multilateral development banks as of 31.12.19 ****
0.00 to <0.15 6,854 754 7,609 12.8 6,951 0.0 0.3 35.3 1.1 543 7.8 1 ****
0.15 to <0.25 277 239 516 11.8 305 0.2 0.2 30.7 2.7 82 26.9 0 ****
0.25 to <0.50 608 405 1,013 25.7 713 0.3 0.2 25.3 2.5 198 27.8 1 ****
0.50 to <0.75 33 7 41 10.0 34 0.6 <0.1 28.7 2.7 16 47.3 0 ****
0.75 to <2.50 1 0 1 97.9 1 1.0 <0.1 13.4 1.2 0 18.9 0 ****
2.50 to <10.00 1 6 7 54.7 4 2.9 <0.1 6.0 5.0 1 17.6 0 ****
10.00 to <100.00 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
100.00 (default) 4 **** 4 **** 4 100.0 <0.1 **** 1.0^4^ 4 106.0 **** ****
Subtotal 7,779 1,412 9,191 16.5 8,012 0.1 0.8 34.2 1.3 844 10.5 2 1
Public-sector entities, multilateral development banks as of 30.6.19 ****
0.00 to <0.15 5,615 918 6,533 19.1 5,808 0.0 0.4 35.6 1.2 514 8.9 1
0.15 to <0.25 308 165 473 12.5 328 0.2 0.2 31.1 2.6 87 26.4 0
0.25 to <0.50 559 336 896 22.0 633 0.3 0.2 26.6 2.6 192 30.4 1
0.50 to <0.75 36 3 39 14.0 37 0.6 <0.1 28.8 3.1 18 48.5 0
0.75 to <2.50 1 3 3 96.9 3 1.0 <0.1 11.3 1.1 1 18.7 0
2.50 to <10.00 26 14 40 54.9 9 2.9 <0.1 5.5 5.0 1 16.1 0
10.00 to <100.00
100.00 (default) 4 4 4 100.0 <0.1 1.0^4^ 4 106.0
Subtotal 6,549 1,439 7,988 19.5 6,822 0.1 0.8 34.4 1.4 817 12.0 1 1
Public-sector entities, multilateral development banks as of 31.12.18 ****
0.00 to <0.15 6,816 909 7,725 19.2 6,990 0.0 0.4 37.2 1.1 433 6.2 1
0.15 to <0.25 350 221 571 12.0 377 0.2 0.2 29.9 2.6 99 26.4 0
0.25 to <0.50 581 332 913 24.3 662 0.3 0.2 27.4 2.7 210 31.7 1
0.50 to <0.75 44 1 44 27.6 44 0.6 <0.1 31.7 3.0 23 51.9 0
0.75 to <2.50 1 3 5 90.4 4 1.1 <0.1 17.8 1.1 1 28.1 0
2.50 to <10.00 5 20 25 53.3 16 2.8 <0.1 5.5 4.9 3 17.0 0
10.00 to <100.00
100.00 (default)
Subtotal 7,797 1,487 9,284 19.9 8,093 0.1 0.8 36.0 1.3 769 9.5 2 1

44

CR6: IRB – Credit risk exposures by portfolio and PD range (continued) **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
USD million, except where indicated Original on-balance sheet gross exposure Off-balance sheet exposures pre-CCF Total exposures pre-CCF Average CCF in % EAD post-CCF and post-CRM Average PD in % Number of obligors (in thousands) Average LGD in % Average maturity in years RWA RWA density in % EL Provisions^1^
Corporates: specialized lending as of 31.12.19 ****
0.00 to <0.15 1,947 420 2,367 77.3 2,271 0.1 0.4 14.9 2.1 174 7.6 0 ****
0.15 to <0.25 1,501 524 2,024 60.7 1,819 0.2 0.3 15.9 2.0 265 14.6 1 ****
0.25 to <0.50 3,812 2,141 5,953 31.3 4,464 0.4 0.6 27.3 2.0 1,436 32.2 4 ****
0.50 to <0.75 4,141 3,420 7,560 31.5 5,141 0.6 0.6 31.8 1.5 2,470 48.0 10 ****
0.75 to <2.50 7,333 2,377 9,710 36.8 8,206 1.4 1.4 31.7 1.7 5,550 67.6 37 ****
2.50 to <10.00 1,163 296 1,459 61.0 1,343 3.5 0.3 39.2 1.5 1,507 112.2 19 ****
10.00 to <100.00 0 **** 0 **** 0 12.0 <0.1 65.0 1.0 0 289.5 0 ****
100.00 (default) 167 2 168 75.9 70 100.0 0.1 58.3^3^ 3.1^4^ 74 106.0 98 ****
Subtotal 20,063 9,178 29,241 37.5 23,313 1.2 3.8 28.5 1.8 11,475 49.2 169 112
Corporates: specialized lending as of 30.6.19 ****
0.00 to <0.15 2,122 540 2,662 68.2 2,490 0.1 0.5 12.9 2.1 168 6.8 0
0.15 to <0.25 1,027 180 1,207 79.9 1,171 0.2 0.3 17.7 2.0 197 16.8 0
0.25 to <0.50 3,709 2,145 5,854 32.3 4,365 0.4 0.6 27.8 1.9 1,435 32.9 4
0.50 to <0.75 4,605 3,061 7,667 28.8 5,427 0.6 0.6 30.8 1.6 2,568 47.3 11
0.75 to <2.50 7,814 2,534 10,348 36.9 8,749 1.4 1.5 32.6 1.6 5,972 68.3 39
2.50 to <10.00 1,089 246 1,336 56.0 1,226 3.4 0.3 39.5 1.5 1,371 111.8 16
10.00 to <100.00
100.00 (default) 177 13 190 18.9 82 100.0 0.1 51.1^3^ 2.5^4^ 87 106.0 97
Subtotal 20,544 8,720 29,264 36.3 23,511 1.3 3.8 28.9 1.7 11,798 50.2 169 113
Corporates: specialized lending as of 31.12.18 ****
0.00 to <0.15 1,853 327 2,180 71.4 2,087 0.1 0.4 13.5 1.9 137 6.6 0
0.15 to <0.25 994 161 1,155 77.4 1,118 0.2 0.3 18.3 1.9 190 17.0 0
0.25 to <0.50 3,712 2,006 5,718 40.3 4,496 0.4 0.6 30.9 1.8 1,627 36.2 5
0.50 to <0.75 4,446 2,875 7,321 34.0 5,360 0.6 0.6 32.1 1.6 2,643 49.3 11
0.75 to <2.50 7,379 2,467 9,846 36.0 8,266 1.3 1.5 33.7 1.6 5,819 70.4 38
2.50 to <10.00 1,195 289 1,483 64.4 1,381 3.3 0.4 40.5 1.7 1,581 114.5 18
10.00 to <100.00
100.00 (default) 232 46 278 53.5 150 100.0 0.1 38.5^3^ 1.8^4^ 159 106.0 107
Subtotal 19,810 8,171 27,981 39.7 22,858 1.6 3.8 30.6 1.7 12,156 53.2 180 121

45

UBS Group AG consolidated

CR6: IRB – Credit risk exposures by portfolio and PD range (continued) **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
USD million, except where indicated Original on-balance sheet gross exposure Off-balance sheet exposures pre-CCF Total exposures pre-CCF Average CCF in % EAD post-CCF and post-CRM Average PD in % Number of obligors (in thousands) Average LGD in % Average maturity in years RWA RWA density in % EL Provisions^1^
Corporates: other lending as of 31.12.19 ****
0.00 to <0.15 13,796 18,886 32,682 34.4 16,701 0.0 3.4 37.3 1.8 3,682 22.0 9 ****
0.15 to <0.25 3,965 5,479 9,444 37.2 5,489 0.2 1.6 32.5 2.4 2,016 36.7 3 ****
0.25 to <0.50 4,094 3,403 7,497 35.3 5,233 0.4 2.5 33.6 2.0 2,715 51.9 6 ****
0.50 to <0.75 2,997 2,434 5,431 41.0 4,060 0.6 2.4 32.9 1.8 2,207 54.4 8 ****
0.75 to <2.50 9,093 8,342 17,435 37.9 12,372 1.4 11.1 30.8 2.1 9,329 75.4 52 ****
2.50 to <10.00 4,303 7,958 12,261 38.5 7,399 4.1 4.9 32.1 2.4 10,543 142.5 100 ****
10.00 to <100.00 319 286 604 58.8 487 17.6 0.1 13.6 1.8 506 103.9 11 ****
100.00 (default) 1,091 166 1,257 44.9 790 100.0 0.7 33.1^3^ 2.7^4^ 838 106.0 385 ****
Subtotal 39,657 46,955 86,612 36.6 52,533 2.7 26.6 33.5 2.0 31,836 60.6 575 554
Corporates: other lending as of 30.6.19 ****
0.00 to <0.15 15,564 20,154 35,718 37.6 18,265 0.0 3.9 37.9 1.7 3,777 20.7 25
0.15 to <0.25 4,176 5,345 9,521 39.3 5,573 0.2 1.7 34.0 2.4 2,173 39.0 3
0.25 to <0.50 3,207 4,024 7,231 39.8 4,776 0.4 2.5 34.4 2.3 2,626 55.0 6
0.50 to <0.75 3,733 2,418 6,151 40.4 4,814 0.6 2.6 33.6 1.9 2,959 61.5 10
0.75 to <2.50 8,838 5,029 13,867 44.4 11,167 1.4 11.2 29.3 2.1 7,502 67.2 44
2.50 to <10.00 4,015 7,707 11,722 40.0 7,107 4.0 4.8 31.3 2.3 9,301 130.9 87
10.00 to <100.00 259 326 584 55.5 439 15.5 0.1 14.7 1.8 434 98.8 8
100.00 (default) 1,074 186 1,260 42.5 851 100.0 0.7 30.3^3^ 2.6^4^ 898 106.0 376
Subtotal 40,865 45,188 86,054 39.5 52,992 2.7 27.4 33.8 2.0 29,669 56.0 560 521
Corporates: other lending as of 31.12.18 ****
0.00 to <0.15 18,566 21,196 39,763 37.4 20,917 0.0 3.9 36.7 1.8 5,157 24.7 8
0.15 to <0.25 4,347 6,500 10,847 37.4 6,099 0.2 1.6 33.4 2.4 2,417 39.6 4
0.25 to <0.50 3,604 4,593 8,197 40.3 5,328 0.4 2.5 30.2 2.2 2,612 49.0 6
0.50 to <0.75 3,111 2,516 5,627 43.6 4,204 0.6 2.6 37.8 1.8 2,906 69.1 10
0.75 to <2.50 7,481 6,155 13,637 41.2 10,142 1.4 11.4 26.4 2.3 5,980 59.0 38
2.50 to <10.00 9,116 7,861 16,977 39.3 12,321 3.4 4.8 18.1 2.2 9,783 79.4 85
10.00 to <100.00 297 285 582 52.8 449 15.3 0.1 16.7 2.0 484 107.8 9
100.00 (default) 1,385 409 1,794 41.5 1,178 100.0 0.7 22.7^3^ 2.5^4^ 1,249 106.0 385
Subtotal 47,908 49,516 97,424 38.9 60,639 3.1 27.5 29.9 2.1 30,588 50.4 546 533

46

CR6: IRB – Credit risk exposures by portfolio and PD range (continued) **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
USD million, except where indicated Original on-balance sheet gross exposure Off-balance sheet exposures pre-CCF Total exposures pre-CCF Average CCF in % EAD post-CCF and post-CRM Average PD in % Number of obligors (in thousands) Average LGD in % Average maturity in years RWA RWA density in % EL Provisions^1^
Retail: residential mortgages as of 31.12.19 ****
0.00 to <0.15 64,019 1,427 65,447 60.5 64,883 0.1 129.2 18.5 **** 2,692 4.1 10 ****
0.15 to <0.25 14,093 290 14,383 75.6 14,312 0.2 21.0 22.5 **** 1,324 9.3 6 ****
0.25 to <0.50 21,278 505 21,783 81.3 21,688 0.3 28.4 23.3 **** 3,238 14.9 18 ****
0.50 to <0.75 14,121 363 14,484 87.7 14,439 0.6 16.2 24.0 **** 3,377 23.4 22 ****
0.75 to <2.50 22,450 1,358 23,808 80.0 23,536 1.3 28.5 26.7 **** 10,025 42.6 85 ****
2.50 to <10.00 8,416 318 8,734 82.6 8,678 4.4 10.8 23.5 **** 6,479 74.7 90 ****
10.00 to <100.00 981 26 1,007 94.8 1,006 15.8 1.2 22.6 **** 1,245 123.8 35 ****
100.00 (default) 735 2 737 67.1 711 100.0 1.1 3.5^3^ **** 754 106.0 26 ****
Subtotal 146,093 4,290 150,383 74.3 149,255 1.2 236.3 21.7 **** 29,133 19.5 292 110
Retail: residential mortgages as of 30.6.19 ****
0.00 to <0.15 63,360 1,448 64,808 58.1 64,200 0.1 129.9 19.0 2,602 4.1 11
0.15 to <0.25 13,740 307 14,047 71.8 13,961 0.2 21.0 22.9 1,260 9.0 6
0.25 to <0.50 21,020 549 21,569 76.4 21,439 0.4 28.2 23.8 3,150 14.7 18
0.50 to <0.75 13,774 396 14,170 82.2 14,100 0.6 15.7 24.3 3,236 22.9 22
0.75 to <2.50 21,465 1,350 22,815 74.3 22,468 1.3 28.1 27.6 9,574 42.6 84
2.50 to <10.00 7,816 312 8,128 80.2 8,066 4.4 9.8 24.4 5,947 73.7 85
10.00 to <100.00 882 22 904 84.2 901 15.6 1.2 24.4 1,148 127.4 34
100.00 (default) 739 7 746 38.9 717 100.0 1.1 3.3^3^ 760 106.0 24
Subtotal 142,796 4,392 147,188 70.1 145,852 1.2 235.0 22.2 27,678 19.0 283 123
Retail: residential mortgages as of 31.12.18 ****
0.00 to <0.15 62,193 1,272 63,465 56.8 62,916 0.1 129.5 19.4 2,460 3.9 10
0.15 to <0.25 13,409 229 13,638 69.0 13,567 0.2 20.7 23.3 1,186 8.7 6
0.25 to <0.50 20,155 479 20,634 81.1 20,544 0.4 27.8 24.2 2,955 14.4 18
0.50 to <0.75 13,276 425 13,701 87.8 13,649 0.6 15.4 24.5 3,063 22.4 21
0.75 to <2.50 21,252 1,318 22,570 77.9 22,278 1.3 27.1 28.3 9,433 42.3 85
2.50 to <10.00 7,608 260 7,868 83.5 7,825 4.3 10.2 25.1 5,715 73.0 85
10.00 to <100.00 912 25 937 84.2 933 15.3 1.2 24.4 1,140 122.2 35
100.00 (default) 723 5 729 68.8 702 100.0 1.1 3.6^3^ 744 106.0 25
Subtotal 139,529 4,013 143,542 72.5 142,413 1.2 232.8 22.6 26,696 18.7 286 151

47

UBS Group AG consolidated

CR6: IRB – Credit risk exposures by portfolio and PD range (continued) **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
USD million, except where indicated Original on-balance sheet gross exposure Off-balance sheet exposures pre-CCF Total exposures pre-CCF Average CCF in % EAD post-CCF and post-CRM Average PD in % Number of obligors (in thousands) Average LGD in % Average maturity in years RWA RWA density in % EL Provisions^1^
Retail: qualifying revolving retail exposures (QRRE) as of 31.12.19^2^ ****
0.00 to <0.15 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
0.15 to <0.25 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
0.25 to <0.50 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
0.50 to <0.75 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
0.75 to <2.50 107 373 480 **** 148 1.7 36.3 47.0 **** 41 28.0 1 ****
2.50 to <10.00 1,282 5,632 6,915 **** 1,776 2.7 947.4 42.0 **** 625 35.2 19 ****
10.00 to <100.00 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
100.00 (default) 33 **** 33 **** 20 100.0 24.4 40.0^3^ **** 21 106.0 13 ****
Subtotal 1,422 6,006 7,428 **** 1,944 3.6 1,008.2 42.4 **** 687 35.3 34 28
Retail: qualifying revolving retail exposures (QRRE) as of 30.6.19^2^ ****
0.00 to <0.15
0.15 to <0.25
0.25 to <0.50
0.50 to <0.75
0.75 to <2.50 108 364 472 150 1.7 36.5 47.0 42 28.0 1
2.50 to <10.00 1,205 5,534 6,740 1,669 2.7 913.1 42.0 587 35.2 18
10.00 to <100.00
100.00 (default) 28 28 17 100.0 23.0 41.1^3^ 18 106.0 12
Subtotal 1,342 5,898 7,240 1,836 3.5 972.6 42.4 647 35.2 31 26
Retail: qualifying revolving retail exposures (QRRE) as of 31.12.18^2^ ****
0.00 to <0.15
0.15 to <0.25
0.25 to <0.50
0.50 to <0.75
0.75 to <2.50 103 348 450 142 1.7 34.6 47.0 40 28.0 1
2.50 to <10.00 1,166 5,213 6,378 1,614 2.7 860.5 42.0 568 35.2 18
10.00 to <100.00
100.00 (default) 26 26 16 100.0 21.4 40.0^3^ 17 106.0 11
Subtotal 1,294 5,560 6,855 1,772 3.5 916.5 42.4 624 35.2 29 24

48

CR6: IRB – Credit risk exposures by portfolio and PD range (continued) **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
USD million, except where indicated Original on-balance sheet gross exposure Off-balance sheet exposures pre-CCF Total exposures pre-CCF Average CCF in % EAD post-CCF and post-CRM Average PD in % Number of obligors (in thousands) Average LGD in % Average maturity in years RWA RWA density in % EL Provisions^1^
Retail: other retail as of 31.12.19 ****
0.00 to <0.15 108,053 226,115 334,169 18.4 149,666 0.0 201.8 32.5 **** 6,535 4.4 20 ****
0.15 to <0.25 1,977 3,610 5,587 18.9 2,660 0.2 4.5 29.7 **** 304 11.4 1 ****
0.25 to <0.50 1,405 2,235 3,640 18.2 1,811 0.4 2.2 34.4 **** 385 21.3 2 ****
0.50 to <0.75 837 1,193 2,031 18.4 1,056 0.6 1.7 33.1 **** 315 29.9 2 ****
0.75 to <2.50 2,793 7,052 9,845 15.0 3,846 1.1 42.5 35.4 **** 1,568 40.8 14 ****
2.50 to <10.00 860 773 1,633 16.5 980 5.6 1.4 64.5 **** 1,073 109.5 41 ****
10.00 to <100.00 166 26 192 31.9 175 15.4 0.7 30.8 **** 115 65.7 9 ****
100.00 (default) 4 7 11 2.3 4 100.0 <0.1 42.5^3^ **** 4 106.0 5 ****
Subtotal 116,096 241,012 357,108 18.3 160,197 0.1 254.9 32.8 **** 10,298 6.4 95 9
Retail: other retail as of 30.6.19 ****
0.00 to <0.15 105,756 214,575 320,331 12.7 132,852 0.0 194.1 30.6 5,467 4.1 17
0.15 to <0.25 2,106 3,678 5,784 16.4 2,709 0.2 5.8 29.1 302 11.2 1
0.25 to <0.50 1,373 2,070 3,443 16.3 1,709 0.4 2.6 29.7 314 18.4 2
0.50 to <0.75 1,294 2,312 3,606 11.6 1,563 0.6 1.8 29.6 545 34.9 3
0.75 to <2.50 2,128 7,275 9,403 14.2 3,160 1.1 44.9 31.0 1,131 35.8 11
2.50 to <10.00 551 645 1,196 20.9 685 4.0 1.8 33.9 401 58.6 9
10.00 to <100.00 158 46 204 19.6 167 15.5 0.5 26.6 93 55.8 7
100.00 (default) 19 1 19 38.0 14 100.0 <0.1 34.3^3^ 15 106.0 5
Subtotal 113,385 230,601 343,986 12.8 142,860 0.1 251.4 30.6 8,269 5.8 54 11
Retail: other retail as of 31.12.18 ****
0.00 to <0.15 104,165 202,715 306,881 13.4 131,207 0.0 195.3 30.7 5,404 4.1 17
0.15 to <0.25 2,718 4,373 7,091 14.7 3,361 0.2 6.2 26.3 340 10.1 2
0.25 to <0.50 2,256 2,434 4,690 12.8 2,567 0.4 2.6 32.1 508 19.8 3
0.50 to <0.75 1,283 1,519 2,803 12.6 1,474 0.6 1.8 28.7 527 35.8 3
0.75 to <2.50 2,193 6,013 8,207 14.4 3,140 1.1 48.1 29.4 1,080 34.4 10
2.50 to <10.00 680 850 1,530 12.1 782 4.2 1.5 31.9 390 49.8 10
10.00 to <100.00 156 89 245 18.9 173 16.4 0.7 28.1 104 60.2 8
100.00 (default) 27 8 34 2.1 22 100.0 <0.1 19.4^3^ 23 106.0 5
Subtotal 113,478 218,002 331,480 13.4 142,726 0.1 256.2 30.6 8,377 5.9 57 16
Total 31.12.19 484,669 314,965 799,634 22.9 551,748 0.7 1,532.1 29.4 1.3^5^ 92,858 16.8 1,208 836
Total 30.6.19 480,500 299,979 780,479 18.6 529,925 0.7 1,492.5 31.8 1.3^5^ 86,703 16.4 1,133 815
Total 31.12.18 484,205 290,438 774,644 19.6 533,587 0.8 1,439.3 28.5 1.4^5^ 87,019 16.3 1,135 864
1 In line with the Pillar 3 guidance, provisions are only<br> provided for the sub-totals by asset class.    2 For the calculation of<br> column “EAD post-CCF and post-CRM,” a balance factor approach is used instead<br> of a CCF approach. The EAD is calculated by multiplying the on-balance sheet<br> exposure with a fixed factor of 1.4.    3 Average LGD for defaulted exposures<br> disclosed in the table are not used to calculate RWA. The disclosed number is<br> derived using ECL accounting provisions (Stage 3) divided by total exposures<br> pre-CCF.    4 Average maturity for defaulted exposures disclosed in the table<br> is not used to calculate RWA.    5 Retail asset classes are excluded from the<br> average maturity as they are not subject to maturity treatment.

p

49

UBS Group AG consolidated

Credit risk risk-weighted assets underthe A-IRB approach

This sub-section provides disclosures on the quarterly credit risk RWA development for the credit risk measured under the A-IRB approach. The table below provides definitions applied in the CR8 table below.

Definitionsof credit risk and counterparty credit risk RWA movement table components forCR8 and CCR7

The references in the table below refer to the line numbers provided in the movement tables on this page and page 58 of this report.

Reference Description Definition
2 Asset size Movements arising in the ordinary course of business,<br> such as new transactions, sales and write-offs.
3 Asset quality / Credit quality of counterparties Movements resulting from changes in the underlying<br> credit quality of counterparties. These are caused by changes to risk<br> parameters, such as counterparty ratings, loss given default estimates or<br> credit hedges.
4 Model updates Movements arising from the implementation of new<br> models and from parameter changes to existing models. The RWA effect of model<br> updates is estimated based on the portfolio at the time of the implementation<br> of the change.
5 Methodology and policy Movements due to methodological changes in<br> calculations driven by regulatory policy changes, including revisions to<br> existing regulations, new regulations and add-ons mandated by the regulator.<br> The effect of methodology and policy changes on RWA is estimated based on the<br> portfolio at the time of the implementation of the change.
6 Acquisitions and disposals Movements as a result of disposal or acquisition of<br> business operations, quantified based on the credit risk exposures as of the<br> end of the quarter preceding a disposal or following an acquisition.<br> Purchases and sales of exposures in the ordinary course of business are<br> reflected under Asset size.
7 Foreign exchange movements Movements as a result of exchange rate changes of the<br> transaction currencies against the US dollar.
8 Other Movements due to changes that cannot be attributed to<br> any other category.

Development in the fourth quarter of 2019

Quarterly | Credit risk RWA under the A-IRB approach increased by USD 0.7 billion to USD 92.9 billion as of 31 December 2019.

The RWA decrease from asset size movements of USD 1.9 billion was predominantly driven by decreases in traded loans, term loan exposures and unutilized credit facilities in the Investment Bank’s Corporate Client Solutions business.

The increase in RWA from model updates of USD 0.9 billion was mainly driven by the continued phasing-in of RWA increases related to probability of default (PD) and loss given default (LGD) changes from the implementation of revised models for Swiss residential mortgages, which resulted in an RWA increase of USD 0.4 billion in Personal & Corporate Banking and USD 0.1 billion in Global Wealth Management. In addition, a change of the credit conversion factor for zero-balance securities-backed lending and margin loans exposures increased RWA in Global Wealth Management by USD 0.4 billion. p

Quarterly |

CR8: RWA flow statements of<br> credit risk exposures under IRB
million For the quarter ended 31.12.19 For the quarter ended 30.9.19 For the quarter ended 30.6.19 For the quarter ended 31.3.19
1 92,183 86,703 89,448 87,019
2 (1,936) 5,830 (1,454) 3,212
3 55 472 (989) (70)
4 868 861 520 430
5 **** (2,119) (102)
6 **** (53)
7 1,688 (1,313) 976 (667)
8 **** (370) 375 (374)
9 92,858 92,183 86,703 89,448

All values are in US Dollars.

p

50

Backtesting

Annual | More information about backtesting of credit models is provided on pages 134 of our Annual Report 2019*.* p

Annual |

CR9: IRB – Backtesting of probability of default (PD) per portfolio^1^
PD range External rating equivalent<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Moody’s External rating equivalent<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Standard & Poor’s External rating equivalent<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Fitch Weighted average PD in % Arithmetic average PD<br><br> <br>by obligors in % Number of obligors<br><br> <br>(in thousands) Defaulted obligors<br><br> <br>in the year of which: new defaulted obligors in the year Average historical annual default rate in %^2^
End of previous year End of the year
Central governments and central banks as of 31.12.19 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
0.00 to <0.15 Aaa to A3 AAA to A– AAA to AA– 0.0 0.0 < 0.1 < 0.1 0 0 0.0
0.15 to <0.25 Baa1 to Baa2 BBB+ to BBB BBB+ to BBB 0.2 0.2 < 0.1 < 0.1 0 0 0.0
0.25 to <0.50 Baa3 BBB– BBB– 0.3 0.3 < 0.1 < 0.1 0 0 0.0
0.50 to <0.75 Ba1 BB+ BB+ 0.7 0.7 < 0.1 < 0.1 0 0 0.0
0.75 to <2.50 Baa2 to Ba3 BB to BB– BB to BB– 2.0 1.4 < 0.1 < 0.1 0 0 0.0
2.50 to <10.00 B1 to B3 B+ to B– B+ to B– 3.6 3.3 < 0.1 < 0.1 0 0 0.0
10.00 to <100.00 Caa to C CCC to C CCC to C 13.9 13.0 < 0.1 < 0.1 0 0 0.0
Subtotal 0.1 1.4 < 0.1 < 0.1 0 0 0.0
Central governments and central banks as of 31.12.18 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
0.00 to <0.15 Aaa to A3 AAA to A– AAA to AA– 0.0 0.0 < 0.1 < 0.1 0 0 0.0
0.15 to <0.25 Baa1 to Baa2 BBB+ to BBB BBB+ to BBB 0.2 0.2 < 0.1 < 0.1 0 0 0.0
0.25 to <0.50 Baa3 BBB– BBB– 0.3 0.3 < 0.1 < 0.1 0 0 0.0
0.50 to <0.75 Ba1 BB+ BB+ 0.7 0.6 < 0.1 < 0.1 0 0 0.0
0.75 to <2.50 Baa2 to Ba3 BB to BB– BB to BB– 1.2 1.5 < 0.1 < 0.1 0 0 0.0
2.50 to <10.00 B1 to B3 B+ to B– B+ to B– 2.7 3.3 < 0.1 < 0.1 0 0 0.0
10.00 to <100.00 Caa to C CCC to C CCC to C 13.3 13.0 < 0.1 < 0.1 0 0 0.0
Subtotal 0.0 1.5 < 0.1 < 0.1 0 0 0.0
Banks and securities dealers as of 31.12.19 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
0.00 to <0.15 Aaa to A3 AAA to A– AAA to AA– 0.1 0.1 0.5 0.5 0 0 0.0
0.15 to <0.25 Baa1 to Baa2 BBB+ to BBB BBB+ to BBB 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0 0 0.1
0.25 to <0.50 Baa3 BBB– BBB– 0.4 0.4 0.2 0.2 0 0 0.0
0.50 to <0.75 Ba1 BB+ BB+ 0.6 0.6 < 0.1 < 0.1 0 0 0.1
0.75 to <2.50 Baa2 to Ba3 BB to BB– BB to BB– 1.7 1.4 0.2 0.2 0 0 0.2
2.50 to <10.00 B1 to B3 B+ to B– B+ to B– 4.7 3.1 0.2 0.2 0 0 0.3
10.00 to <100.00 Caa to C CCC to C CCC to C 15.9 16.0 < 0.1 < 0.1 0 0 1.1
Subtotal 0.4 0.7 1.4 1.4 0 0 0.1

51

UBS Group AG consolidated

CR9: IRB – Backtesting of probability of default (PD) per portfolio (continued)^1^
PD range External rating equivalent<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Moody’s External rating equivalent<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Standard & Poor’s External rating equivalent<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Fitch Weighted average PD in % Arithmetic average PD<br><br> <br>by obligors in % Number of obligors<br><br> <br>(in thousands) Defaulted obligors<br><br> <br>in the year of which: new defaulted obligors in the year Average historical annual default rate in %^2^
End of previous year End of the year
Banks and securities dealers as of 31.12.18 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
0.00 to <0.15 Aaa to A3 AAA to A– AAA to AA– 0.1 0.1 0.5 0.5 0 0 0.0
0.15 to <0.25 Baa1 to Baa2 BBB+ to BBB BBB+ to BBB 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0 0 0.1
0.25 to <0.50 Baa3 BBB– BBB– 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.2 1 0 0.0
0.50 to <0.75 Ba1 BB+ BB+ 0.6 0.6 0.1 < 0.1 0 0 0.2
0.75 to <2.50 Baa2 to Ba3 BB to BB– BB to BB– 1.2 1.2 0.1 0.2 0 0 0.2
2.50 to <10.00 B1 to B3 B+ to B– B+ to B– 4.4 3.3 0.2 0.2 0 0 0.3
10.00 to <100.00 Caa to C CCC to C CCC to C 12.3 14.3 < 0.1 < 0.1 0 0 1.2
Subtotal 0.3 0.8 1.4 1.4 1 0 0.1
Public-sector entities, multilateral development banks as of 31.12.19 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
0.00 to <0.15 Aaa to A3 AAA to A– AAA to AA– 0.0 0.1 0.4 0.3 0 0 0.0
0.15 to <0.25 Baa1 to Baa2 BBB+ to BBB BBB+ to BBB 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0 0 0.0
0.25 to <0.50 Baa3 BBB– BBB– 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0 0 0.0
0.50 to <0.75 Ba1 BB+ BB+ 0.6 0.6 < 0.1 < 0.1 1 0 0.6
0.75 to <2.50 Baa2 to Ba3 BB to BB– BB to BB– 1.2 1.3 < 0.1 < 0.1 0 0 0.0
2.50 to <10.00 B1 to B3 B+ to B– B+ to B– 0.0 < 0.1 0 0 0.0
10.00 to <100.00 Caa to C CCC to C CCC to C 0.0 0.0 0 0 8.3
Subtotal 0.1 0.2 0.8 0.7 1 0 0.0
Public-sector entities, multilateral development banks as of 31.12.18 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
0.00 to <0.15 Aaa to A3 AAA to A– AAA to AA– 0.0 0.1 0.3 0.4 0 0 0.0
0.15 to <0.25 Baa1 to Baa2 BBB+ to BBB BBB+ to BBB 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.2 0 0 0.0
0.25 to <0.50 Baa3 BBB– BBB– 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0 0 0.0
0.50 to <0.75 Ba1 BB+ BB+ 0.6 0.6 < 0.1 < 0.1 0 0 0.0
0.75 to <2.50 Baa2 to Ba3 BB to BB– BB to BB– 1.7 1.2 < 0.1 < 0.1 0 0 0.0
2.50 to <10.00 B1 to B3 B+ to B– B+ to B– 2.7 2.7 < 0.1 0.0 0 0 0.0
10.00 to <100.00 Caa to C CCC to C CCC to C 0.0 0.0 0 0 9.1
Subtotal 0.1 0.2 0.7 0.8 0 0 0.0

52

CR9: IRB – Backtesting of probability of default (PD) per portfolio (continued)^1^
PD range External rating equivalent<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Moody’s External rating equivalent<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Standard & Poor’s External rating equivalent<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Fitch Weighted average PD in % Arithmetic average PD<br><br> <br>by obligors in % Number of obligors<br><br> <br>(in thousands) Defaulted obligors<br><br> <br>in the year of which: new defaulted obligors in the year Average historical annual default rate in %^2^
End of previous year End of the year
Corporates: specialized lending as of 31.12.19 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
0.00 to <0.15 Aaa to A3 AAA to A– AAA to AA– 0.1 0.1 0.4 0.4 0 0 0.1
0.15 to <0.25 Baa1 to Baa2 BBB+ to BBB BBB+ to BBB 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 1 0 0.1
0.25 to <0.50 Baa3 BBB– BBB– 0.4 0.4 0.6 0.6 0 0 0.1
0.50 to <0.75 Ba1 BB+ BB+ 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0 0 0.2
0.75 to <2.50 Baa2 to Ba3 BB to BB– BB to BB– 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.4 4 0 0.4
2.50 to <10.00 B1 to B3 B+ to B– B+ to B– 3.3 3.5 0.4 0.3 6 0 1.3
10.00 to <100.00 Caa to C CCC to C CCC to C 0.0 0.0 0 0 6.1
Subtotal 1.6 1.1 3.7 3.7 11 0 0.3
Corporates: specialized lending as of 31.12.18 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
0.00 to <0.15 Aaa to A3 AAA to A– AAA to AA– 0.1 0.1 0.3 0.4 0 0 0.1
0.15 to <0.25 Baa1 to Baa2 BBB+ to BBB BBB+ to BBB 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0 0 0.0
0.25 to <0.50 Baa3 BBB– BBB– 0.4 0.4 0.6 0.6 1 0 0.1
0.50 to <0.75 Ba1 BB+ BB+ 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 2 0 0.2
0.75 to <2.50 Baa2 to Ba3 BB to BB– BB to BB– 1.4 1.4 1.7 1.5 7 0 0.4
2.50 to <10.00 B1 to B3 B+ to B– B+ to B– 3.3 3.4 0.4 0.4 10 0 1.3
10.00 to <100.00 Caa to C CCC to C CCC to C 11.7 13.0 < 0.1 0.0 1 0 6.7
Subtotal 1.6 1.2 3.9 3.7 21 0 0.3
Corporates: other lending as of 31.12.19 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
0.00 to <0.15 Aaa to A3 AAA to A– AAA to AA– 0.1 0.1 3.8 3.3 6 0 0.0
0.15 to <0.25 Baa1 to Baa2 BBB+ to BBB BBB+ to BBB 0.2 0.2 1.6 1.6 5 0 0.0
0.25 to <0.50 Baa3 BBB– BBB– 0.4 0.4 2.4 2.4 8 2 0.2
0.50 to <0.75 Ba1 BB+ BB+ 0.6 0.6 2.5 2.4 10 1 0.3
0.75 to <2.50 Baa2 to Ba3 BB to BB– BB to BB– 1.4 1.5 11.2 11.0 86 3 0.5
2.50 to <10.00 B1 to B3 B+ to B– B+ to B– 3.4 3.9 4.7 4.9 131 2 1.8
10.00 to <100.00 Caa to C CCC to C CCC to C 15.3 15.2 0.1 < 0.1 15 1 10.8
Subtotal 2.8 1.5 26.3 25.7 261 9 0.3

53

UBS Group AG consolidated

CR9: IRB – Backtesting of probability of default (PD) per portfolio (continued)^1^
PD range External rating equivalent<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Moody’s External rating equivalent<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Standard & Poor’s External rating equivalent<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Fitch Weighted average PD in % Arithmetic average PD<br><br> <br>by obligors in % Number of obligors<br><br> <br>(in thousands) Defaulted obligors<br><br> <br>in the year of which: new defaulted obligors in the year Average historical annual default rate in %^2^
End of previous year End of the year
Corporates: other lending as of 31.12.18 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
0.00 to <0.15 Aaa to A3 AAA to A– AAA to AA– 0.1 0.1 2.2 3.8 3 1 0.0
0.15 to <0.25 Baa1 to Baa2 BBB+ to BBB BBB+ to BBB 0.2 0.2 1.1 1.6 3 0 0.0
0.25 to <0.50 Baa3 BBB– BBB– 0.4 0.4 1.8 2.4 15 0 0.1
0.50 to <0.75 Ba1 BB+ BB+ 0.6 0.6 1.7 2.5 6 1 0.3
0.75 to <2.50 Baa2 to Ba3 BB to BB– BB to BB– 1.4 1.5 7.9 11.2 83 3 0.4
2.50 to <10.00 B1 to B3 B+ to B– B+ to B– 4.4 4.1 4.3 4.7 133 1 1.7
10.00 to <100.00 Caa to C CCC to C CCC to C 14.8 15.3 0.1 0.1 19 0 10.6
Subtotal 2.9 1.6 19.1 26.3 262 6 0.3
Retail: residential mortgages as of 31.12.19 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
0.00 to <0.15 Aaa to A3 AAA to A– AAA to AA– 0.1 0.1 129.5 129.2 88 0 0.0
0.15 to <0.25 Baa1 to Baa2 BBB+ to BBB BBB+ to BBB 0.2 0.2 20.7 21.0 29 0 0.1
0.25 to <0.50 Baa3 BBB– BBB– 0.4 0.4 27.8 28.4 49 0 0.1
0.50 to <0.75 Ba1 BB+ BB+ 0.6 0.6 15.4 16.2 89 0 0.3
0.75 to <2.50 Baa2 to Ba3 BB to BB– BB to BB– 1.3 1.3 27.0 28.5 85 1 0.4
2.50 to <10.00 B1 to B3 B+ to B– B+ to B– 4.3 4.2 10.2 10.8 98 0 1.2
10.00 to <100.00 Caa to C CCC to C CCC to C 15.3 15.7 1.2 1.2 39 0 3.4
Subtotal 1.2 0.6 231.7 235.2 477 1 0.2
Retail: residential mortgages as of 31.12.18 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
0.00 to <0.15 Aaa to A3 AAA to A– AAA to AA– 0.1 0.1 112.2 129.5 74 0 0.0
0.15 to <0.25 Baa1 to Baa2 BBB+ to BBB BBB+ to BBB 0.2 0.2 22.3 20.7 30 1 0.1
0.25 to <0.50 Baa3 BBB– BBB– 0.4 0.4 31.6 27.8 58 0 0.1
0.50 to <0.75 Ba1 BB+ BB+ 0.6 0.6 17.1 15.4 112 6 0.3
0.75 to <2.50 Baa2 to Ba3 BB to BB– BB to BB– 1.3 1.3 29.8 27.0 119 0 0.4
2.50 to <10.00 B1 to B3 B+ to B– B+ to B– 4.3 3.8 13.3 10.2 135 2 1.2
10.00 to <100.00 Caa to C CCC to C CCC to C 15.9 16.1 0.8 1.2 25 0 3.4
Subtotal 1.2 0.6 227.1 231.7 553 9 0.2

54

CR9: IRB – Backtesting of probability of default (PD) per portfolio (continued)^1^
PD range External rating equivalent<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Moody’s External rating equivalent<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Standard & Poor’s External rating equivalent<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Fitch Weighted average PD in % Arithmetic average PD<br><br> <br>by obligors in % Number of obligors<br><br> <br>(in thousands) Defaulted obligors<br><br> <br>in the year of which: new defaulted obligors in the year Average historical annual default rate in %^2^
End of previous year End of the year
Retail: other retail as of 31.12.19 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
0.00 to <0.15 Aaa to A3 AAA to A– AAA to AA– 0.0 0.0 195.3 201.8 15 1 0.0
0.15 to <0.25 Baa1 to Baa2 BBB+ to BBB BBB+ to BBB 0.2 0.2 6.2 4.5 1 0 0.1
0.25 to <0.50 Baa3 BBB– BBB– 0.4 0.4 2.6 2.2 1 0 0.1
0.50 to <0.75 Ba1 BB+ BB+ 0.6 0.6 1.8 1.7 0 0 0.1
0.75 to <2.50 Baa2 to Ba3 BB to BB– BB to BB– 1.1 1.0 48.1 42.5 6 1 0.0
2.50 to <10.00 B1 to B3 B+ to B– B+ to B– 4.2 3.4 1.5 1.4 0 0 0.1
10.00 to <100.00 Caa to C CCC to C CCC to C 16.4 21.3 0.7 0.7 0 0 0.0
Subtotal 0.1 0.3 256.2 254.9 23 2 0.0
Retail: other retail as of 31.12.18 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
0.00 to <0.15 Aaa to A3 AAA to A– AAA to AA– 0.0 0.0 206.2 195.3 8 4 0.0
0.15 to <0.25 Baa1 to Baa2 BBB+ to BBB BBB+ to BBB 0.2 0.2 5.5 6.2 0 0 0.1
0.25 to <0.50 Baa3 BBB– BBB– 0.4 0.4 3.6 2.6 0 0 0.1
0.50 to <0.75 Ba1 BB+ BB+ 0.6 0.6 2.0 1.8 0 0 0.1
0.75 to <2.50 Baa2 to Ba3 BB to BB– BB to BB– 1.0 1.0 55.9 48.1 0 0 0.0
2.50 to <10.00 B1 to B3 B+ to B– B+ to B– 3.6 3.5 2.5 1.5 0 0 0.1
10.00 to <100.00 Caa to C CCC to C CCC to C 17.4 21.3 3.6 0.7 0 0 0.0
Subtotal 0.3 0.3 279.3 256.2 8 4 0.0
1 This table covers all Pillar 1 PD models that are approved by<br> FINMA and are subject to a yearly confirmation / backtesting. Refer to the<br> table “Key features of our main credit risk models” under “Credit risk<br> models” in the “Risk management and control” section of our Annual Report<br> 2019 for more information.    2 We use 12 years of data for the<br> calculation of the “average historical annual default rate.”

p

55

UBS Group AG consolidated

Equity exposures

The table below provides information about our equity exposures under the simple risk weight method.

Semiannual |

CR10: IRB (equities under the simple risk-weight method)^1^
USD million, except where indicated On-balance sheet amount Off-balance sheet amount Risk weight in %^2^ Exposure amount^3^ RWA^2^
31.12.19 ****
Exchange-traded equity exposures 34 **** 300 34 107
Other equity exposures 1,010 **** 400 744 3,154
Total 1,043 **** **** 777 3,261
30.6.19 ****
Exchange-traded equity exposures 50 300 37 119
Other equity exposures 999 400 751 3,182
Total 1,049 **** **** 788 3,302
31.12.18 ****
Exchange-traded equity exposures 66 300 65 208
Other equity exposures 1,122 400 814 3,450
Total 1,188 **** **** 879 3,658
1 This table includes investment in funds (until 31 December<br> 2019), and excludes significant investments in the common shares of<br> non-consolidated financial institutions (banks, insurance and other financial<br> entities) that are subject to the threshold treatment and risk weighted at<br> 250%.    2 RWA are calculated post-application of the A-IRB multiplier of 6%,<br> therefore the respective risk weight is higher than 300% and 400%.    3 The<br> exposure amount for equities in the banking book is based on the net<br> position.

p

56

Section 5  Counterparty credit risk

Introduction

Annual | This section provides information about the exposures subject to the Basel III counterparty credit risk framework, as presented in the “Regulatory exposures and risk-weighted assets” table on pages 20–22 of this report.

Counterparty credit risk (CCR) arises from over-the-counter (OTC) and exchange-traded derivatives (ETDs), securities financing transactions (SFTs) and long settlement transactions. Within traded products, we determine the regulatory credit exposure on the majority of our derivatives portfolio by applying the effective expected positive exposure (EEPE) and stressed expected positive exposure (stressed EPE) as defined in the Basel III framework. For the rest of the portfolio, we apply the current exposure method (CEM) based on the replacement value of derivatives in combination with a regulatory prescribed add-on. For the majority of securities financing transactions (securities borrowing, securities lending, margin lending, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements), we determine the regulatory credit exposure using the close-out period (COP) approach. p

This section is structured into three sub-sections:

Counterparty credit risk management

Annual | This sub-section refers to disclosures regarding our risk management objectives, policies and risk management process, operating limits for CCR exposures, wrong-way risks and the effect of a credit rating downgrade. p

Counterparty credit risk risk-weighted assets

Quarterly |

This sub-section comprises disclosures on the quarterly CCR risk-weighted assets (RWA) development. p

Counterparty credit risk exposure

Semiannual | This sub-section provides information about our CCR exposures, credit valuation adjustment (CVA), capital charge and credit derivatives exposures. This section excludes CCR exposures to central counterparties. CVA is separately covered in the CCR2 table. p

57

UBS Group AG consolidated

Counterparty credit risk management

The table below presents an overview of Pillar 3 disclosures that are provided separately in our Annual Report 2019.

Annual |

CCRA – Counterparty credit risk management
Pillar 3 disclosure requirement Annual Report 2019 section Disclosure Annual Report 2019 page number
Risk management objectives and policies related to counterparty<br> credit risk Risk, treasury and capital management – Traded products 125–126
– Credit hedging 129
– Mitigation of settlement risk 129
Consolidated financial statements – Note 1a item 3e Securities borrowing / lending and repurchase /<br> reverse repurchase transactions 323
– Note 1a item 3j Hedge accounting 331–332
– Note 11 Derivative instruments 365–370
The method used to assign the operating limits defined in terms<br> of internal capacity for counterparty credit exposures and for CCP exposures Risk, treasury and capital management – Risk governance 109–110
– Portfolio and position limits 118
– Credit risk – Overview of measurement, monitoring and management<br> techniques 119
– Credit hedging 129
– Credit risk models 129–135
Policies relating to guarantees and other risk mitigants, and<br> counterparty risk assessment Risk, treasury and capital management – Credit risk mitigation 127–129
Consolidated financial statements – Note 11 Derivative instruments 365–370
– Note 25 Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities 424–425
Policies with respect to wrong-way risk exposures Risk, treasury and capital management – Exposure at default 131-132
The effect on the bank of a credit rating downgrade (i.e.,<br> amount of collateral that the bank would be required to provide) Risk, treasury and capital management – Credit ratings 167-168

p

Counterpartycredit risk risk-weighted assets

Quarterly | CCR RWA under the internal model method (IMM) increased by USD 1.0 billion to USD 20.3 billion during the fourth quarter of 2019, primarily due to increased market

volatility affecting the derivative exposures. For definitions of counterparty credit risk RWA movement table components, refer to “Definitions of credit risk and counterparty credit risk RWA movement table components for CR8 and CCR7” in the “Credit risk” section on page 50 of this report. p

Quarterly |

CCR7: RWA flow statements of<br> CCR exposures under internal model method (IMM) and value-at-risk (VaR)
For the quarter ended 31.12.19 For the quarter ended 30.9.19 For the quarter ended 30.6.19 For the quarter ended 31.3.19
million Derivatives SFTs Total Derivatives SFTs Total Derivatives SFTs Total Derivatives SFTs Total
Subject to IMM Subject to VaR **** Subject to IMM Subject to VaR Subject to IMM Subject to VaR Subject to IMM Subject to VaR
1 19,309 5,426 24,736 20,133 5,453 25,587 19,371 5,889 25,260 17,624 5,036 22,660
2 909 64 973 (648) 106 (543) 727 (603) 124 1,147 900 2,047
3 (138) (194) (332) (5) (80) (85) 9 (85) (76) 15 (189) (174)
4 **** 127 127
5 **** **** **** 244 244 621 150 771
5a **** **** **** 450 150 600
6 **** **** ****
7 194 79 273 (170) (53) (223) 26 9 35 (36) (8) (44)
8 **** **** ****
9 20,275 5,502 25,777 19,309 5,426 24,736 20,133 5,453 25,587 19,371 5,889 25,260

All values are in US Dollars.

p

58

Counterparty credit exposure

Semiannual | This sub-section provides information about our CCR exposures, credit valuation adjustment (CVA) capital charge and

credit derivatives exposures. This sub-section excludes CCR exposures to central counterparties; CVA is separately covered in

the CCR2 table.

Exposure at default (EAD) post credit-risk mitigation (CRM) related to CCR increased by USD 2.2 billion to USD 104.2 billion and RWA decreased by USD 1.0 billion to USD 34.5 billion as of 31 December 2019. EAD post-CRM on derivative exposures increased by USD 1.8 billion to USD 56.7 billion, mainly driven by higher client activity levels in the Investment Bank increasing the exposures under IMM, partly offset by lower exposure of certain equity options after a change in measurement method from the CEM to the EPE measurement method. RWA on derivative exposures decreased by USD 0.9 billion to USD 23.7 billion due to reduced exposures in the Investment Bank’s Foreign Exchange, Rates and Credit business, partly offset by higher RWA from the aforementioned increase in client activity levels in the Investment Bank. p

Semiannual |

CCR1: Analysis of counterparty<br> credit risk (CCR) exposure by approach
million, except where<br> indicated Replacement cost Potential future exposure EEPE Alpha used for computing regulatory EAD EAD<br><br> <br>post-CRM RWA
31.12.19 ****
1 5,276^2^ 5,947 **** 1.0 11,224 3,376
2 **** **** 28,391 1.6 45,426 19,896
3 **** **** **** **** **** ****
4 **** **** **** **** 17,572 5,858
5 **** **** **** **** 29,971 5,333
6 **** **** **** **** 104,192 34,463
30.6.19 ****
1 5,767^2^ 6,723 1.0 12,490 4,297
2 26,468 1.6 42,349 19,874
3
4 21,048 5,982
5 26,091 5,317
6 **** **** **** **** 101,978 35,470
31.12.18 ****
1 8,670^2^ 8,168 1.0 16,838 3,664
2 25,889 1.6 41,423 17,375
3
4 17,202 6,163
5 25,149 4,939
6 **** **** **** **** 100,612 32,140
1 Calculated in accordance with the current exposure method<br> (CEM), as presented in this table. From 1 January 2020 onwards, the “SA-CCR<br> (for derivatives)” row will be calculated based on the standardized approach<br> for counterparty credit risk (SA-CCR).    2 Replacement costs include<br> collateral mitigation for on- and off-balance sheet exposures related to CCR<br> for derivative transactions.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

Semiannual | In addition to the default risk capital requirements for CCR based on the advanced internal ratings-based or standardized approach, we are required to add a capital charge to derivatives to cover the risk of mark-to-market losses associated with the deterioration of counterparty credit quality, referred to as the CVA. The advanced CVA value-at-risk (VaR) approach has been used to calculate the CVA capital charge where we apply IMM. Where this is not the case, the standardized CVA approach has been applied. More information about our portfolios subject to the CVA capital charge as of 31 December 2019 is provided in the CCR2 table below. p

Semiannual |

CCR2: Credit valuation<br> adjustment (CVA) capital charge
31.12.19 30.6.19 31.12.18
million EAD post-CRM^1^ RWA EAD post-CRM^1^ RWA EAD post-CRM^1^ RWA
21,662 974 22,052 1,106 26,680 1,479
1 **** 180 205 271
2 **** 794 900 1,208
3 4,630 926 4,842 1,447 4,946 1,338
4 26,292 1,900 26,894 2,553 31,626 2,816
1 Includes EAD of the underlying portfolio subject to the<br> respective CVA charge.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

59

UBS Group AG consolidated

Semiannual | The CCR3 table below provides information about our CCR under the standardized approach. Total CCR exposures decreased by USD 0.4 billion to USD 6.3 billion, primarily driven by exposure decreases in the Investment Bank’s Corporate Client Solutions business. p

Semiannual |

CCR3: Standardized approach –<br> CCR exposures by regulatory portfolio and risk weights
million
Risk weight 0% 10% 20% 50% 75% 100% 150% Others Total credit exposure
****
1 207 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** 207
2 **** **** 63 72 **** 4 **** **** 140
3 **** **** 31 446 **** 11 **** **** 488
4 **** **** 9 101 3,952 1,302 26 **** 5,389
5 **** **** **** **** 1 123 **** **** 124
6 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
7 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
8 207 **** 102 620 3,954 1,439 26 **** 6,348
****
1 169 3 172
2 112 117 3 232
3 99 228 71 398
4 22 105 4,213 1,472 2 5,813
5 5 117 123
6
7
8 169 **** 232 450 4,218 1,666 2 **** 6,737
****
1 202 0 202
2 31 176 0 4 0 210
3 0 1
4 99 4,974 1,045 0 6,119
5 18 128 147
6
7
8 202 **** 32 275 4,993 1,177 0 **** 6,679

All values are in US Dollars.

p

60

Semiannual | Information about RWA, including details of movements in CCR RWA, is provided on pages 6–9 of our 30 September 2019 Pillar 3 report, available under “Pillar 3 disclosures” at www.ubs.com/investors,  and on page 58 of this report.

The CCR4 table below and on the following pages provides a breakdown of the key parameters used for the calculation of capital requirements under the advanced internal ratings-based (A-IRB) approach, by PD range across FINMA-defined asset classes. As of 31 December 2019, EAD post-CRM increased by USD 2.6 billion to USD 97.8 billion, while RWA decreased by USD 0.7 billion, resulting in a decrease in RWA density. The net increase in EAD post-CRM was mainly driven by new transactions from clients of the Investment Bank’s Equities business with favorable credit ratings, especially in the “Corporates: including specialized lending” asset class. The corresponding increase in RWA due to the aforementioned increase in EAD post-CRM was completely offset by lower RWA from corporate clients with a PD scale of 0.5 to <0.75, due to reduced exposure in the Investment Bank’s Foreign Exchange, Rates and Credit business after parameter updates for EPE measurement and lower exposures in Corporate Center and the Investment Bank’s Equities business. p

Semiannual |

CCR4: IRB – CCR exposures by portfolio and PD scale
USD million, except where indicated EAD post-CRM Average PD in % Number of obligors (in thousands) Average LGD in % Average maturity in years^3^ RWA RWA density in %
Central governments and central banks as of 31.12.19 ****
0.00 to <0.15 8,443 0.0 0.1 35.4 0.4 490 5.8
0.15 to <0.25 129 0.2 <0.1 50.3 0.6 37 28.6
0.25 to <0.50 261 0.3 <0.1 53.1 0.7 149 57.3
0.50 to <0.75 108 0.7 <0.1 55.0 1.0 87 80.4
0.75 to <2.50 13 1.0 <0.1 44.7 0.8 11 87.2
2.50 to <10.00 **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
10.00 to <100.00 **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
100.00 (default) **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
Subtotal 8,954 0.1 0.1 36.3 0.4 774 8.6
Central governments and central banks as of 30.6.19 ****
0.00 to <0.15 9,795 0.0 0.1 33.4 0.3 489 5.0
0.15 to <0.25 200 0.2 <0.1 44.8 1.0 64 32.3
0.25 to <0.50 213 0.3 <0.1 55.0 1.0 116 54.5
0.50 to <0.75 195 0.7 <0.1 54.2 1.0 151 77.4
0.75 to <2.50 23 0.9 <0.1 53.3 0.5 20 85.2
2.50 to <10.00 5 2.6 <0.1 80.0 1.0 11 198.1
10.00 to <100.00
100.00 (default)
Subtotal 10,432 0.1 0.2 34.5 0.3 851 8.2
Central governments and central banks as of 31.12.18 ****
0.00 to <0.15 8,415 0.0 0.1 44.0 0.3 740 8.8
0.15 to <0.25 197 0.2 <0.1 65.3 0.9 93 47.0
0.25 to <0.50 128 0.3 <0.1 84.3 1.0 106 83.4
0.50 to <0.75 100 0.7 <0.1 45.0 1.0 85 85.1
0.75 to <2.50 23 1.0 <0.1 53.8 0.8 21 90.2
2.50 to <10.00 0 2.6 <0.1 88.8 1.0 0 229.2
10.00 to <100.00
100.00 (default)
Subtotal 8,864 0.1 0.2 45.1 0.5 1,046 11.8

61

UBS Group AG consolidated

CCR4: IRB – CCR exposures by portfolio and PD scale (continued)
USD million, except where indicated EAD post-CRM Average PD in % Number of obligors (in thousands) Average LGD in % Average maturity in years^3^ RWA RWA density in %
Banks and securities dealers as of 31.12.19 ****
0.00 to <0.15 13,108 0.1 0.4 48.9 0.8 2,539 19.4
0.15 to <0.25 4,287 0.2 0.2 48.7 0.8 1,568 36.6
0.25 to <0.50 1,615 0.4 0.2 46.6 0.7 766 47.4
0.50 to <0.75 650 0.7 0.1 63.1 0.8 632 97.3
0.75 to <2.50 573 1.1 0.1 38.6 0.9 404 70.5
2.50 to <10.00 33 3.2 <0.1 73.5 1.0 71 217.8
10.00 to <100.00 1 14.9 <0.1 90.0 1.0 6 431.9
100.00 (default) **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
Subtotal 20,267 0.2 1.1 48.9 0.8 5,985 29.5
Banks and securities dealers as of 30.6.19 ****
0.00 to <0.15 13,548 0.1 0.4 49.3 0.8 2,706 20.0
0.15 to <0.25 3,892 0.2 0.2 48.9 0.9 1,422 36.5
0.25 to <0.50 1,490 0.4 0.2 43.4 0.7 651 43.7
0.50 to <0.75 559 0.7 0.1 60.3 1.1 545 97.5
0.75 to <2.50 303 1.3 0.2 63.4 0.7 370 122.2
2.50 to <10.00 57 3.7 0.1 74.0 1.0 132 233.9
10.00 to <100.00
100.00 (default)
Subtotal 19,849 0.2 1.1 49.4 0.8 5,827 29.4
Banks and securities dealers as of 31.12.18 ****
0.00 to <0.15 13,103 0.1 0.4 50.5 0.8 2,672 20.4
0.15 to <0.25 3,927 0.2 0.2 48.3 0.8 1,415 36.0
0.25 to <0.50 1,458 0.4 0.2 49.9 0.8 764 52.4
0.50 to <0.75 636 0.7 0.1 58.8 0.8 551 86.7
0.75 to <2.50 352 1.2 0.2 63.7 0.8 432 122.8
2.50 to <10.00 320 7.5 0.1 12.0 0.2 132 41.2
10.00 to <100.00 13.0 <0.1 66.0 1.0 10 0.0
100.00 (default)
Subtotal 19,799 0.3 1.1 49.9 0.8 5,976 30.2

62

CCR4: IRB – CCR exposures by portfolio and PD scale (continued)
USD million, except where indicated EAD post-CRM Average PD in % Number of obligors (in thousands) Average LGD in % Average maturity in years^3^ RWA RWA density in %
Public-sector entities, multilateral development banks as of 31.12.19 ****
0.00 to <0.15 2,102 **** 0.1 36.1 1.1 133 6.3
0.15 to <0.25 58 0.2 <0.1 86.5 1.0 27 46.7
0.25 to <0.50 4 0.4 <0.1 86.9 1.0 4 114.7
0.50 to <0.75 **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
0.75 to <2.50 0 1.0 <0.1 35.0 1.0 0 60.4
2.50 to <10.00 **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
10.00 to <100.00 **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
100.00 (default) 22 100.0 <0.1 **** 3.4 23 106.0
Subtotal 2,185 1.0 0.1 37.2 1.1 187 8.6
Public-sector entities, multilateral development banks as of 30.6.19 ****
0.00 to <0.15 1,886 0.0 0.1 37.0 1.1 122 6.5
0.15 to <0.25 31 0.2 <0.1 58.4 1.1 10 33.4
0.25 to <0.50 7 0.3 <0.1 73.8 1.0 6 90.9
0.50 to <0.75
0.75 to <2.50 1 1.0 <0.1 75.5 1.0 1 168.4
2.50 to <10.00
10.00 to <100.00
100.00 (default) 22 100.0 <0.1 23 106.0
Subtotal 1,946 1.2 0.1 37.2 1.1 163 8.4
Public-sector entities, multilateral development banks as of 31.12.18 ****
0.00 to <0.15 2,519 0.0 0.1 43.7 1.1 223 8.8
0.15 to <0.25 86 0.2 <0.1 53.2 1.1 28 32.3
0.25 to <0.50 39 0.4 <0.1 61.3 1.0 24 62.6
0.50 to <0.75 <0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0
0.75 to <2.50 0 1.0 <0.1 35.0 1.0 0 60.4
2.50 to <10.00 0 2.7 <0.1 35.0 1.0 0 87.4
10.00 to <100.00
100.00 (default) 12 100.0 <0.1 13 106.0
Subtotal 2,657 0.5 0.1 44.1 1.1 288 10.8

63

UBS Group AG consolidated

CCR4: IRB – CCR exposures by portfolio and PD scale (continued)
USD million, except where indicated EAD post-CRM Average PD in % Number of obligors (in thousands) Average LGD in % Average maturity in years^3^ RWA RWA density in %
Corporates: including specialized lending as of 31.12.19^1^ ****
0.00 to <0.15 40,175 0.0 11.6 35.7 0.5 5,807 14.5
0.15 to <0.25 6,620 0.2 1.7 57.5 0.7 4,217 63.7
0.25 to <0.50 2,305 0.4 0.8 83.7 0.9 3,494 151.6
0.50 to <0.75 3,351 0.6 0.9 36.9 0.6 3,000 89.5
0.75 to <2.50 5,708 1.2 1.5 28.9 0.5 4,655 81.5
2.50 to <10.00 2,182 3.2 0.2 10.1 0.2 940 43.1
10.00 to <100.00 2 14.9 <0.1 90.0 1.0 10 431.9
100.00 (default) 1 100.0 <0.1 **** 1.0 1 106.0
Subtotal 60,344 0.3 16.7 38.4 0.6 22,125 36.7
Corporates: including specialized lending as of 30.6.19^1^ ****
0.00 to <0.15 36,389 0.0 12.7 35.2 0.6 5,205 14.3
0.15 to <0.25 7,062 0.2 1.7 53.2 0.7 4,116 58.3
0.25 to <0.50 2,222 0.4 0.9 82.1 0.9 3,312 149.1
0.50 to <0.75 3,661 0.6 1.0 57.1 0.6 4,879 133.3
0.75 to <2.50 5,367 1.2 1.7 28.0 0.5 4,388 81.8
2.50 to <10.00 2,219 3.2 0.4 12.2 0.2 1,190 53.6
10.00 to <100.00
100.00 (default) 1 100.0 <0.1 1 106.0
Subtotal 56,921 0.3 18.5 39.1 0.6 23,092 40.6
Corporates: including specialized lending as of 31.12.18^1^ ****
0.00 to <0.15 35,475 0.0 12.0 35.0 0.6 4,717 13.3
0.15 to <0.25 6,761 0.2 1.6 51.0 0.6 3,688 54.6
0.25 to <0.50 2,194 0.4 0.9 78.3 1.0 2,815 128.3
0.50 to <0.75 2,351 0.6 1.0 68.2 0.6 3,668 156.0
0.75 to <2.50 4,311 1.2 1.6 28.2 0.7 3,569 82.8
2.50 to <10.00 1,311 3.2 0.3 13.8 0.4 819 62.4
10.00 to <100.00 0 13.0 <0.1 5.0 1.0 0 36.7
100.00 (default) 1 100.0 <0.1 1 106.0
Subtotal 52,403 0.3 17.3 39.3 0.6 19,276 36.8

64

CCR4: IRB – CCR exposures by portfolio and PD scale (continued)
USD million, except where indicated EAD post-CRM Average PD in % Number of obligors (in thousands) Average LGD in % Average maturity in years^3^ RWA RWA density in %
Retail: other retail as of 31.12.19 ****
0.00 to <0.15 5,355 0.0 13.1 31.1 **** 223 4.2
0.15 to <0.25 31 0.2 0.1 27.0 **** 3 10.4
0.25 to <0.50 32 0.4 0.1 31.5 **** 6 19.5
0.50 to <0.75 44 0.6 0.1 44.5 **** 17 38.5
0.75 to <2.50 591 1.0 10.7 29.9 **** 312 52.7
2.50 to <10.00 40 3.4 0.1 28.8 **** 17 43.2
10.00 to <100.00 2 21.5 <0.1 28.9 **** 1 70.1
100.00 (default) **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
Subtotal 6,095 0.2 24.1 31.1 **** 579 9.5
Retail: other retail as of 30.6.19 ****
0.00 to <0.15 5,299 0.0 16.9 28.9 205 3.9
0.15 to <0.25 83 0.2 0.3 27.3 9 10.5
0.25 to <0.50 38 0.4 0.2 29.8 7 18.4
0.50 to <0.75 57 0.6 0.1 42.4 21 36.7
0.75 to <2.50 603 1.0 11.6 29.6 186 30.8
2.50 to <10.00 12 2.9 0.4 28.7 5 42.3
10.00 to <100.00 2 21.8 <0.1 37.0 2 90.4
100.00 (default)
Subtotal 6,093 0.2 29.5 29.1 433 7.1
Retail: other retail as of 31.12.18 ****
0.00 to <0.15 9,749 0.0 15.1 28.0 362 3.7
0.15 to <0.25 19 0.2 0.3 28.2 2 10.8
0.25 to <0.50 126 0.4 0.1 29.5 23 18.2
0.50 to <0.75 30 0.6 0.1 28.0 7 24.2
0.75 to <2.50 271 1.1 9.0 29.6 87 32.1
2.50 to <10.00 11 2.9 0.1 27.9 5 42.0
10.00 to <100.00 4 21.3 <0.1 30.1 3 70.4
100.00 (default)
Subtotal 10,211 0.1 24.6 28.1 489 4.8
Total 31.12.19 97,845 0.3 42.1 39.9 0.6^2^ 29,651 30.3
Total 30.6.19 95,241 0.3 49.4 40.1 0.7^2^ 30,366 31.9
Total 31.12.18 93,933 0.2 43.4 41.0 0.7^2^ 27,075 28.8
1 Includes exposures to managed funds.    2 Retail asset classes<br> are excluded from the average maturity as they are not subject to maturity<br> treatment.    3 Average maturity for defaulted exposures disclosed in the<br> table is not used to calculate RWA.

p

65

UBS Group AG consolidated

Semiannual |

The fair value of collateral posted for securities financing transactions decreased by USD 12.5 billion to USD 466.8 billion, resulting from client activities in the Investment Bank and Corporate Center.p

Semiannual |

CCR5: Composition of collateral for CCR exposure^1^
Collateral used in derivative transactions Collateral used in SFTs
Fair value of collateral received Fair value of posted collateral Fair value of collateral received Fair value of posted collateral
USD million Segregated^2^ Unsegregated Total Segregated^3^ Unsegregated Total
31.12.19 ****
Cash – domestic currency 2,369 18,398 20,767 1,179 7,736 8,915 30,621 76,209
Cash – other currencies **** 18,735 18,735 1,429 12,308 13,736 8,955 31,899
Sovereign debt 6,432 6,150 12,582 8,373 5,243 13,616 232,051 162,091
Other debt securities **** 2,231 2,231 1,643 409 2,052 78,903 28,532
Equity securities 4,391 18 4,409 4,138 180 4,317 290,369 168,088
Total 13,192 45,532 58,725 16,761 25,874 42,635 640,899 466,820
30.6.19 ****
Cash – domestic currency 2,492 17,321 19,813 1,584 6,508 8,093 30,459 78,118
Cash – other currencies 20,106 20,106 1,658 13,742 15,400 10,467 41,381
Sovereign debt 6,569 6,780 13,349 8,301 6,009 14,310 229,076 169,360
Other debt securities 3,177 3,177 1,441 1,026 2,467 99,247 40,954
Equity securities 3,776 28 3,804 999 566 1,565 266,468 149,513
Total 12,837 47,412 60,249 13,983 27,852 41,835 635,717 479,327
31.12.18 ****
Cash – domestic currency 2,042 16,958 19,000 1,221 6,980 8,200 33,134 72,932
Cash – other currencies 19,784 19,285 1,591 13,808 15,399 12,987 49,636
Sovereign debt 5,552 8,656 14,208 7,995 5,444 13,439 252,257 176,260
Other debt securities 2,277 2,277 812 135 946 79,359 32,851
Equity securities 4,778 23 4,801 1,570 1,465 3,035 243,027 145,939
Total 12,372 47,698 59,571 13,190 27,831 41,020 620,764 477,617
1 This table includes collateral received and posted with and<br> without the right of rehypothecation, but excludes securities placed with<br> central banks related to undrawn credit lines and for payment, clearing and<br> settlement purposes for which there were no associated liabilities or<br> contingent liabilities.    2 Includes collateral received in derivative<br> transactions, primarily initial margins, that is placed with a third-party<br> custodian and to which UBS has access only in the case of counterparty<br> default.    3 Includes collateral posted to central counterparties, where we<br> apply a 0% risk weight for trades that we have entered into on behalf of a<br> client and where the client has signed a legally enforceable agreement<br> stipulating that the default risk of that central counterparty is carried by<br> the client.

p

Semiannual | Notionals for credit derivatives decreased by USD 6.2 billion for protection bought and by USD 5.2 billion for protection sold, primarily due to compression activities in the Investment Bank’s Foreign Exchange, Rates and Credit business and Equities business. In addition, certain credit options in the Investment Bank’s Corporate Client Solutions business were unwound. p

Semiannual |

CCR6: Credit derivatives exposures
**** 31.12.19 30.6.19 31.12.18
USD million Protection bought Protection<br><br> <br>sold Protection bought Protection<br><br> <br>sold Protection bought Protection<br><br> <br>sold
Notionals^1^
Single-name credit default swaps 37,578 38,687 37,191 42,151 43,265 44,875
Index credit default swaps 32,426 27,887 36,410 29,482 37,006 32,309
Total return swaps 3,692 1,606 4,236 1,697 4,726 1,976
Credit options 3,757 56 5,861 57 4,065 57
Other credit derivatives **** ****
Total notionals 77,452 68,236 83,698 73,388 89,063 79,218
Fair values
Positive fair value (asset) 682 1,338 947 1,314 1,117 815
Negative fair value (liability) 2,050 916 2,059 1,260 1,612 1,232
1 Includes notional amounts for client-cleared transactions.

p

66

Section 6  Comparison of A-IRB approach and standardized approachfor credit risk

Background

Annual | In accordance with current prudential regulations, FINMA has approved our use of the advanced internal ratings-based (A-IRB) approach for calculating the required capital for the majority of our credit risk exposures.

The principal differences between the standardized approach (the SA) and the A-IRB approach identified below are based on the current SA rules without consideration of the material revisions announced by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the BCBS) in December 2017.

We believe that advanced approaches which adequately capture economic risks are paramount for the appropriate representation of the capital requirements related to risk-taking activities. Within a strong risk control framework and in combination with robust stress testing practices, strict risk limits, as well as leverage and liquidity requirements, advanced approaches promote a proactive risk culture, setting the right incentives to prudently manage risks.

Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of this report for information about FINMA-defined asset classes.p

Key methodological differences between the A-IRB approach and current SA

Annual | In line with the BCBS objective, the aim of the A-IRB approach is to balance the maintenance of prudent levels of capital while encouraging, where appropriate, the use of advanced risk management techniques. By design, the calibration of the current SA and the A-IRB approach is such that low-risk, short-maturity, well-collateralized portfolios across the various asset classes (with the exception of Central governments and central banks) receive lower risk weights under the A-IRB than under the current SA rules. Accordingly, risk-weighted assets (RWA) and capital requirements under the current SA would be substantially higher than under the A-IRB approach for lower-risk portfolios. Conversely, RWA for higher-risk portfolios are higher under the A-IRB approach than under the current SA.

Methodological differences primarily arise due to the measurement of exposure at default (EAD) and the risk weights applied. In both cases, the treatment of risk mitigation such as collateral can have a significant effect.

EAD measurement

For the measurement of EAD, the main methodological differences relate to derivatives, driven by the differences between the internal model method (the IMM) and the regulatory prescribed current exposure method (the CEM).

The model-based approaches to derive estimates of EAD for derivatives and securities financing transactions reflect the detailed characteristics of individual transactions. They model the range of possible exposure outcomes across all transactions within the same legally enforceable netting set at various future time points. The modeling assesses the net amount that may be owed to us or that we may owe to others, taking into account the effect of correlated market moves over the potential time it could take to close out a position. The calculation considers current market conditions and is therefore sensitive to deteriorations in the market environment.

In contrast, EADs under the regulatory prescribed rules are calculated as replacement costs at the balance sheet date plus regulatory add-ons, which take into account potential future market movements but at predetermined fixed rates, not sensitive to changes in market conditions. These add-ons are crudely differentiated by reference to only five product types and three maturity buckets. Moreover, the current regulatory prescribed rules calculation gives very limited recognition to the benefits of diversification across transactions covered under the same legally enforceable netting agreement. As a result, large diversified portfolios, such as those arising from our activities with other market-making banks, will generate much higher EAD under the current regulatory prescribed rules than under our internal model-based approaches.

Risk weights

Under the A-IRB approach, risk weights are assigned according to the bank’s internal credit assessment of the counterparty to determine the probability of default (the PD) and loss given default (the LGD).

The PD is an estimate of the likelihood of a counterparty defaulting on its contractual obligations over the next 12 months. It is assessed using rating tools tailored to the various categories of counterparties. Statistically developed scorecards, based on key attributes of the obligor, are used to determine PD for many of our corporate clients and for loans secured by real estate. Where available, market data may also be used to derive the PD for large corporate counterparties. For low-default portfolios, where available, we take into account relevant external default data in the rating tool development. For Lombard loans, Merton-type historical return-based model simulations taking into account potential changes in the value of securities collateral are used in our rating approach. PD is not only an integral part of the credit risk measurement, but also an important input for determining the level of credit approval required for any given transaction. Moreover, for the purpose of capital underpinning, the majority of counterparty PDs are subject to a floor.

67

UBS Group AG consolidated

The LGD is the magnitude of the likely loss if there is a default. The calculation takes into account the loss of principal, interest and other amounts such as workout costs, including the cost of carrying an impaired position during the workout process less recovered amounts. Importantly, LGD considers the likely recovery rate of claims against defaulted counterparties, which depends on the type of counterparty and any credit mitigation by way of collateral or guarantees, with our estimates being supported by our internal historical loss data and external information where available.

The combination of PD and LGD determined at the counterparty level results in a highly granular level of differentiation of the economic risk from different borrowers and transactions.

In contrast, the SA risk weights are largely reliant on external rating agencies’ assessments of the credit quality of the counterparty, with a 100% risk weight typically being applied where no external rating is available. Even where external ratings are available, there is only a coarse granularity of risk weights, with only four primary risk weights used for differentiating counterparties, with the addition of a 0% risk weight for AA– or better rated central governments and central banks. Risk weights of 35%, 75% and 100% are used for mortgages and retail exposures not in default, respectively.

The SA does not differentiate across transaction maturities except for interbank lending, albeit in a very simplistic manner considering only shorter or longer than three months. This has clear limitations. For example, the economic risk of a six-month loan to, for example, a BB-rated US corporate is significantly different to that of a 10-year loan to the same borrower. This difference is evident from the distinction of PD levels based on ratings assigned by external rating agencies through their separate ratings for short-term and long-term debt for a given issuer.

The SA typically assigns lower risk weights to sub-investment grade counterparties than the A-IRB approach, thereby potentially understating the economic risk. Conversely, investment grade counterparties typically receive higher risk weights under the SA than under the A-IRB approach.

Maturity is also an important factor for all asset classes except Retail, with the A-IRB approach producing a higher capital requirement for longer maturity exposures than for shorter maturity exposures.

Additionally, under the A-IRB approach we calculate expected loss measures that are deducted from common equity tier 1 (CET1) capital to the extent that they exceed general provisions, which is not the case under the SA.

Given the divergence between the SA and the economic risk, which is better represented under the A-IRB approach, particularly for lower-grade counterparties, there is a risk that applying the SA could incentivize higher risk-taking without a commensurate increase in required capital. p

Comparison of the A-IRB approach EAD and leverage ratio denominator by asset class

Annual | The following table shows EAD, average risk weight, RWA and leverage ratio denominator (LRD) for the asset classes Central governments and central banks; Multi-lateral development banks (MDBs) and Public-sector entities (PSEs); Banks and securities dealers; Corporates; and Retail credit risk and counterparty credit risk exposures subject to the A-IRB approach. LRD is the exposure measure used for the leverage ratio.

LRD estimates presented in the table reflect the credit risk and counterparty credit risk components of exposures only and are therefore not representative of the LRD requirement at bank level overall. The LRD estimates exclude exposures subject to market risk, non-counterparty-related risk and SA credit risk to provide a like-for-like comparison with the A-IRB credit risk EAD disclosed below. p

Annual |

Comparison of A-IRB approach EAD and leverage ratio denominator by asset class
31.12.19 A-IRB, credit and counterparty credit risk LRD
in USD billion, except where indicated Net EAD Average RW % RWA
Central governments and central banks 148 2 3 162
Multilateral development banks 4 2 0 4
Public-sector entities 6 16 1 7
Banks and securities dealers 38 32 12 66
Corporates 136 48 65 222
Retail 317 13 41 284
of which: Residential mortgages 149 20 29 154
of which: Lombard lending 166 6 11 124
Total 650 19 123 744

p

68

Comparison of the A-IRB approach, the SA and LRD by asset class

Annual | The differences between the A-IRB approach, the SA and LRD per asset class are discussed below and on the following pages.

Asset classes Central governments andcentral banks, and Public sector entities, multi-lateral development banks

The regulatory net EAD for Central governments and central banks, MDBs and PSEs as of 31 December 2019 was USD 158 billion under the A-IRB approach. Since the vast majority of our exposure is driven by exposures to banking products, the LRD is broadly in line with the A-IRB net EAD and we would expect a similar amount under the SA.

The charts on this page provide comparisons of risk weights for exposures to the asset class Central governments and central banks and the sub-asset classes (i) highly rated MDBs and (ii) other MDBs and PSEs calculated under the A-IRB approach and the SA. Risk weights under the A-IRB approach are shown for one-year and five-year maturities, both assuming an LGD of 45%. Our internal A-IRB ratings have been mapped to external ratings based on the long-term average of one-year default rates available from the major credit rating agencies, as described on page 131 of our Annual Report 2019.

The SA assigns a zero risk weight to central governments and central banks rated AA– and better, and to highly rated MDB counterparties, while the A-IRB approach generally assigns risk weights higher than zero to even the highest-quality sovereign counterparties.

For other MDB and PSE counterparties rated AA– and better, the risk weight applied under the SA is 20%.

Despite the zero risk weights under the SA for central governments and central banks rated AA– and better, and for highly rated MDB counterparties, we would expect an increase in average risk weight under the SA. Counterparties contributing to higher risk weights under the SA include sovereign wealth funds, which attract a 100% risk weight despite being generally considered very low risk, and short-term repurchase agreement transactions with central banks rated below AA–.

However, as the asset class is not a significant driver of RWA, we would expect any resulting increase in RWA to be relatively small.

Asset classBanks and securities dealers

The regulatory net EAD for the asset class Banks and securities dealers as of 31 December 2019 was USD 38 billion under the A-IRB approach. The A-IRB net EAD is lower than the LRD, as a result of collateral mitigation on derivatives and securities financing transactions. We would expect the net EAD to increase under the SA related to derivatives and securities financing transactions within the Investment Bank, due to the aforementioned methodological differences between the calculation of EAD under the two approaches.

69

UBS Group AG consolidated

The chart below provides a comparison of risk weights for Banks and securities dealers exposures calculated under the A‑IRB approach and the SA.

****

The vast majority of our exposure with Banks and securities dealers is of investment grade quality. The average contractual maturity of this exposure is closer to the one-year example provided in the chart above. Therefore, we would expect a higher average risk weight under the SA than the 25% average risk weight under the A-IRB approach. In combination with higher EAD, we would expect this to lead to significantly higher RWA for Banks and securities dealers under the SA.

Asset class Corporates

The regulatory net EAD for the asset class Corporates as of 31 December 2019 was USD 136 billion under the A-IRB approach. The A-IRB net EAD is lower than the LRD, as a result of collateral mitigation on derivatives and securities financing transactions. We would expect the EAD to be higher under the regulatory prescribed rules related to derivatives and securities financing transactions, due to the aforementioned methodological differences between the calculation of EAD under the two approaches. Derivatives and securities financing transactions account for 44% of the EAD for this asset class as of 31 December 2019.

The following chart provides a comparison of risk weights for Corporates exposures calculated under the A-IRB approach and the SA. These exposures primarily arise from corporate lending and derivatives trading within the Investment Bank, and lending to large corporate clients and small and medium-sized enterprises within Switzerland. The comparison does not include the FINMA-required multiplier applied to the Investment Bank’s Corporates exposures under the A-IRB approach.

Investment grade counterparties typically receive higher risk weights under the SA than under the A-IRB approach. The majority of our Corporates exposures fall into this category. We would therefore expect risk weights for Corporates to be generally higher under the SA.

In addition, SA risk weights rely on external ratings, with a default weighting of 100% being applied where no external rating is available. Typically, counterparties with no external rating are riskier and thus have higher risk weights under the A-IRB approach. However, managed funds, which comprise nearly one-third of our Corporates EAD, typically have no debt and are therefore unrated. The SA applies a 100% risk weight to exposures to such funds. Under A-IRB, these funds are considered very low risk and as of 31 December 2019 had an average risk weight of 15%. We believe the SA significantly overstates the associated risk.

Conversely, for certain exposures, we consider the risk weight of 100% under the SA resulting from the absence of an external rating as insufficient, as evident from the hypothetical leveraged finance counterparty example in the table below. p

Annual | **** Comparison of riskweights as a function of internal rating assessment

The table assumes two counterparties without external rating assignments.

Interest payment coverage (EBITDA / total interest payments) Total debt /EBITDA Debt /assets Liquidity (fraction of assets that are liquid) Internal rating assessment Exposure maturity A-IRB risk weight range SA risk weight
Managed funds NA NA 0 100% AAA–A < 1Y 10–20% 100%
Leveraged <br><br> finance<br><br> counterparty < 2 > 2.5 > 50% 0% BB–C > 5Y 100–250% 100%

p

70

Asset class Retail

Sub-asset class Residential mortgages

The regulatory net EAD for the sub-asset class Residential mortgages as of 31 December 2019 was USD 149 billion under the A-IRB approach. Since the vast majority of our exposures is driven by banking products, the LRD is broadly in line with the A-IRB net EAD and we would expect a similar amount under the SA.

Due to the size of our personal and corporate banking business in Switzerland, our domestic portfolios represent a significant portion of our overall lending exposures, with the largest being loans secured by residential properties. Our internal models assign risk weights to such loans by considering the debt service capacity of borrowers as well as the availability of other collateral, among other factors. These are important considerations for the Swiss market, where there is legal recourse to the borrower.

In contrast, and different to the assignment of risk weights for the aforementioned asset classes, the SA is less complex and only differentiates the risk weights based on loan-to-value (LTV) ranges, as shown in the chart below.

****

The vast majority of our exposures would attract the minimum 35% risk weight under the SA, compared with an average of 20% as of 31 December 2019, observed under the A-IRB approach.

The difference is largely due to the current SA rules not giving benefit to the portion of exposures with an LTV below 67%. The vast majority of exposures fall within this category, as shown in the “Swiss mortgages: distribution of net exposure at default (EAD) across exposure segments and loan-to-value (LTV) buckets” table on page 123 of our Annual Report 2019, available under ”Annual reporting” at www.ubs.com/investors.

Sub-asset class Lombard lending

Annual | The regulatory net EAD for the sub-asset class Lombard loans as of 31 December 2019 was USD 166 billion under the A‑IRB approach and mainly arises in our wealth management business.

Eligible collateral is more limited under the SA than under A‑IRB. However, the haircuts applied to collateral under the A-IRB approach are generally greater than those prescribed under the SA. Given this, we would expect the overall effect of applying current SA rules to be limited for this portfolio. p

71

UBS Group AG consolidated

Section 7  Securitizations

Introduction

Annual | This section provides details of traditional and synthetic securitization exposures in the banking and trading book based on the revised Basel III securitization framework, applicable since 1 January 2018.

In a traditional securitization, a pool of loans (or other debt obligations) is transferred to structured entities that have been established to own the loan pool and to issue tranched securities to third-party investors referencing this pool of loans. In a synthetic securitization, legal ownership of securitized pools of assets is typically retained, but associated credit risk is transferred to structured entities typically through guarantees, credit derivatives or credit-linked notes. Hybrid structures with a mix of traditional and synthetic features are disclosed as synthetic securitizations.

We act in different roles in securitization transactions. As originator, we create or purchase financial assets, which are

then securitized in traditional or synthetic securitization transactions, enabling us to transfer significant risk to third-party investors. As sponsor, we manage, provide financing for or advise on securitization programs. In line with the Basel III framework, sponsoring includes underwriting activities. In all other cases, we act as an investor by taking securitization positions. p

Objectives, roles andinvolvement

Securitization in the banking book

Annual | Securitization positions held in the banking book include legacy risk positions in Non-core and Legacy Portfolio within Corporate Center. In 2019, for the majority of securitization carrying amounts on the balance sheet, we acted as an originator or investor. Securitization and re-securitization positions in the banking book are measured at fair value, reflecting market prices where available, or based on our internal pricing models. p

Securitization in the trading book

Annual | Securitizations held in the trading book are part of trading activities, including market-making and client facilitation, that could result in retention of certain securitization positions as an investor, including those that we may have originated or sponsored. In the trading book, securitization and re-securitization positions are measured at fair value, reflecting market prices where available, or based on our internal pricing models. p

Type of structured entities and affiliated entities involved in

securitization transactions

Annual | For securitization transactions, the type of structured entities or special purpose vehicles employed is selected as appropriate based on the type of transaction undertaken. Examples include limited liability companies, common law trusts and depositor entities.

Refer to “Note 31 Interests in subsidiaries and other entities” on pages 458-463 of our Annual Report 2019, available under ”Annual reporting” at www.ubs.com/investors for further information about interests in structured entities. p

Managing and monitoring of the credit and market risk of securitization positions

Annual | The banking book securitization and re-securitization portfolio is subject to specific risk monitoring, which may include interest rate and credit spread sensitivity analysis, as well as inclusion in firm-wide earnings-at-risk, capital-at-risk and combined stress test metrics.

The trading book securitization positions are also subject to multiple risk limits, such as management value-at-risk (VaR) and stress limits, as well as market value limits. As part of managing risks within predefined risk limits, traders may utilize hedging and risk mitigation strategies. Hedging may, however, expose us to basis risks, as the hedging instrument and the position being hedged may not always move in parallel. Such basis risks are managed within the overall limits. Any retained securitization from origination activities and any purchased securitization positions are governed by risk limits together with any other trading positions. Legacy trading book securitization exposure is subject to the same management VaR limit framework. Additionally, risk limits are used to control the unwinding, novation and asset sales process on an ongoing basis. p

Accounting policies

Annual | Refer to “Consolidation” on pages 312–313 in “Note 1 Summary of significant accounting policies” in the “Consolidated financial statements” section of our Annual Report 2019, available under ”Annual reporting” at www.ubs.com/investors , for information about accounting policies that relate to securitization activities. p

72

Regulatory capital treatment of securitization exposures

Annual | In line with the revised securitization framework for banking book securitization exposures, we apply the following approaches to calculate the associated risk-weighted assets (RWA):

–   we use external ratings (external ratings-based approach (SEC-ERBA)), if available, from Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s Investors Service and Fitch Ratings for securitization exposures, provided that we are able to demonstrate our expertise in both critically challenging and reviewing the external ratings; or

–   if we cannot apply the ERBA method, we apply the standardized approach (SEC-SA) where the delinquency status of a significant portion of the underlying exposure can be determined or a risk weight of 1,250%. Re-securitization positions are either treated under the standardized approach or with a 1,250% risk weight.

The selection of the external credit assessment institutions (ECAIs) is based on the primary rating agency concept. This concept is applied, in principle, to avoid having the credit assessment by one ECAI applied to one or more tranches and by another ECAI to the other tranches, unless this is the result of the application of the specific rules for multiple assessments. If any two of the aforementioned rating agencies have issued a rating for a particular exposure, we apply the lower of the two credit ratings. If all three rating agencies have issued a rating for a particular exposure, we apply the middle of the three credit ratings. As of 31 December 2019, UBS did not use internal ratings for the purpose of the RWA calculation for securitization positions in the banking book. p


Securitization exposures in the banking and trading book

Semiannual | The SEC1 and SEC2 tables outline the carrying amounts on the balance sheet in the banking and trading books as of 31 December 2019, 30 June 2019 and 31 December 2018. The activity is further broken down by our role (originator, sponsor or investor) and by securitization type (traditional or synthetic). Amounts disclosed under the “Traditional” column of these tables reflect the total outstanding notes at par value issued by the securitization vehicle at issuance. For synthetic securitization transactions, the amounts disclosed generally reflect the balance sheet carrying amounts of the securitized exposures at issuance.

The SEC3 and SEC4 tables provide the regulatory capital requirements associated with the securitization exposure differentiated by our role in the securitization process.

Development of securitization exposures in the second half of 2019

In the second half of 2019, securitization exposures in the banking book decreased from USD 203 million to USD 188 million, reflecting amortization of exposure. The securitization exposures in the trading book decreased from USD 390 million to USD 352 million, mainly arising from secondary trading in commercial mortgage-backed securities in the Investment Bank.

For information about the development of exposures in the first half of 2019, refer to our 30 June 2019 Pillar 3 report, available under “Pillar 3 disclosures” at www.ubs.com/investors . p

73

UBS Group AG consolidated

Semiannual |

SEC1: Securitization exposures<br> in the banking book
Bank acts as originator Bank acts as sponsor Bank acts as originator & sponsor Bank acts as investor Total
million Traditional Synthetic Subtotal Traditional Synthetic Subtotal Traditional Synthetic Subtotal Traditional Synthetic Subtotal
31.12.19
Asset classes
1 81 **** 81 **** **** **** **** **** **** 1 **** 1 82
2 81 **** 81 **** **** **** **** **** **** 1 **** 1 82
3 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
4 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
5 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
6 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
7 **** **** **** 0 **** 0 **** **** **** 106 **** 106 106
8 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
9 **** **** **** 0 **** 0 **** **** **** **** **** **** 0
10 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
11 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
12 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** 106 **** 106 106
13 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
14 81 **** 81 0 **** 0 **** **** **** 107 **** 107 188
30.6.19
Asset classes
1 84 84 1 1 85
2 84 84 1 1 85
3
4
5
6
7 0 0 118 118 118
8
9 0 0 0
10
11
12 118 118 118
13
14 84 **** 84 0 **** 0 **** **** **** 119 **** 119 203
31.12.18
Asset classes
1 87 87 1 1 88
2 87 87 1 1 88
3
4
5
6
7 0 0 125 125 126
8
9 0 0 0
10
11
12 126 126 126
13
14 87 **** 87 0 **** 0 **** **** **** 126 **** 126 213

All values are in US Dollars.

p

74

Semiannual |

SEC2: Securitization exposures<br> in the trading book
Bank acts as originator Bank acts as sponsor Bank acts as originator & sponsor Bank acts as investor Total
million Traditional Synthetic Subtotal Traditional Synthetic Subtotal Traditional Synthetic Subtotal Traditional Synthetic Subtotal
31.12.19
Asset classes
1 2 **** 2 6 **** 6 **** **** **** 15 **** 15 23
2 2 **** 2 6 **** 6 **** **** **** 15 **** 15 23
3 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
4 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
5 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
6 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
7 26 **** 26 43 **** 43 171 **** 171 77 **** 77 316
8 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
9 26 **** 26 43 **** 43 171 **** 171 77 **** 77 316
10 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
11 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
12 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
13 **** 3 3 **** **** **** **** **** **** 10 **** 10 13
14 28 3 31 49 **** 49 171 **** 171 102 **** 102 352
30.6.19
Asset classes
1 2 2 6 6 14 14 23
2 2 2 6 6 14 14 23
3
4
5
6
7 21 21 1 1 299 299 29 29 351
8
9 21 21 1 1 299 299 28 28 350
10
11
12 1 1 1
13 6 6 10 10 16
14 24 6 30 7 **** 7 299 **** 299 53 **** 53 390
31.12.18 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
Asset classes
1 3 3 7 7 13 13 22
2 3 3 7 7 13 13 22
3
4
5
6
7 1 4 5 1 1 222 222 16 16 244
8
9 1 1 1 1 222 222 14 14 238
10
11
12 4 4 3 3 6
13 3 3 1 1 10 10 13
14 4 6 10 8 **** 8 223 **** 223 39 **** 39 280

All values are in US Dollars.

p

75

UBS Group AG consolidated

Semiannual |

SEC3: Securitization exposures<br> in the banking book and associated regulatory capital requirements – bank<br> acting as originator or as sponsor **** **** ****
Total exposure values Exposure values (by RW bands) Exposure values (by regulatory approach) Total RWA RWA (by regulatory approach) Total capital charge after cap Capital charge after cap
million ≤20% RW >20% to 50% RW >50% to 100% RW >100% to <1250% RW 1250% RW SEC-IRBA SEC-ERBA SEC-SA 1250% SEC-IRBA SEC-ERBA SEC-SA 1250% SEC-IRBA SEC-ERBA SEC-SA 1250%
31.12.19 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
Asset classes **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
1 81 **** **** **** 61 21 **** 74 7 **** 557 **** 529 28 **** 45 **** 42 2 ****
2 81 **** **** **** 61 21 **** 74 7 **** 557 **** 529 28 **** 45 **** 42 2 ****
3 81 **** **** **** 61 21 **** 74 7 **** 557 **** 529 28 **** 45 **** 42 2 ****
4 81 **** **** **** 61 21 **** 74 7 **** 556 **** 529 28 **** 45 **** 42 2 ****
5 0 **** **** **** 0 0 **** **** **** **** 0 **** **** 0 **** 0 **** **** 0 ****
6 0 **** **** **** **** 0 **** **** **** **** 0 **** **** **** **** 0 **** **** **** ****
7 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
8 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
9 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
10 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
11 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
12 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
13 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
14 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
15
30.6.19
Asset classes **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
1 84 64 21 84 0 580 580 0 46 46 0
2 84 64 21 84 0 580 580 0 46 46 0
3 84 64 21 84 0 580 580 0 46 46 0
4 84 64 21 84 580 580 46 46
5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
6 0 0 0 0
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

All values are in US Dollars.

76

SEC3: Securitization exposures in the banking book and<br> associated regulatory capital requirements – bank acting as originator or as<br> sponsor (continue) **** **** ****
Total exposure values Exposure values (by RW bands) Exposure values (by regulatory approach) Total RWA RWA (by regulatory approach) Total capital charge after cap Capital charge after cap
million ≤20% RW >20% to 50% RW >50% to 100% RW >100% to <1250% RW 1250% RW SEC-IRBA SEC-ERBA SEC-SA 1250% SEC-IRBA SEC-ERBA SEC-SA 1250% SEC-IRBA SEC-ERBA SEC-SA 1250%
31.12.18 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
Asset classes **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
1 87 0 67 20 87 589 589 47 47
2 87 0 67 20 87 589 589 47 47
3 87 0 67 20 87 589 589 47 47
4 87 67 20 87 589 589 47 47
5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

All values are in US Dollars.

p

77

UBS Group AG consolidated

Semiannual |

SEC4: Securitization exposures<br> in the banking book and associated regulatory capital requirements – bank<br> acting as investor **** **** ****
Total exposure values Exposure values (by RW bands) Exposure values (by regulatory approach) Total RWA RWA (by regulatory approach) Total capital charge after cap Capital charge after cap
million ≤20% RW >20% to 50% RW >50% to 100% RW >100% to <1250% RW 1250% RW SEC-IRBA SEC-ERBA SEC-SA 1250% SEC-IRBA SEC-ERBA SEC-SA 1250% SEC-IRBA SEC-ERBA SEC-SA 1250%
31.12.19 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
Asset classes **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
1 107 **** **** 106 **** 1 **** 106 **** 1 76 **** 69 **** 7 6 **** 6 **** 1
2 107 **** **** 106 **** 1 **** 106 **** 1 76 **** 69 **** 7 6 **** 6 **** 1
3 107 **** **** 106 **** 1 **** 106 **** 1 76 **** 69 **** 7 6 **** 6 **** 1
4 1 **** **** **** **** 1 **** **** **** 1 7 **** **** **** 7 1 **** **** **** 1
5 106 **** **** 106 **** **** **** 106 **** **** 69 **** 69 **** **** 6 **** 6 **** ****
6 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
7 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
8 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
9 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
10 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
11 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
12 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
13 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
14 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
15
30.6.19
Asset classes
1 119 118 1 118 1 84 77 7 7 6 1
2 119 118 1 118 1 84 77 7 7 6 1
3 119 118 1 118 1 84 77 7 7 6 1
4 1 1 1 7 7 1 0 1
5 118 118 118 77 77 6 6
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

All values are in US Dollars.

78

SEC4: Securitization exposures in the banking book and<br> associated regulatory capital requirements – bank acting as investor<br> (continue) **** **** ****
Total exposure values Exposure values (by RW bands) Exposure values (by regulatory approach) Total RWA RWA (by regulatory approach) Total capital charge after cap Capital charge after cap
million ≤20% RW >20% to 50% RW >50% to 100% RW >100% to <1250% RW 1250% RW SEC-IRBA SEC-ERBA SEC-SA 1250% SEC-IRBA SEC-ERBA SEC-SA 1250% SEC-IRBA SEC-ERBA SEC-SA 1250%
31.12.18 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
Asset classes **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
1 126 49 77 1 126 1 121 112 8 10 9 1
2 126 49 77 1 126 1 121 112 8 10 9 1
3 126 49 77 1 126 1 121 112 8 10 9 1
4 1 1 1 8 8 1 1
5 126 49 77 126 112 112 9 9
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

All values are in US Dollars.

p

79

UBS Group AG consolidated

Section 8  Market risk

Overview

The amount of capital required to underpin market risk in the regulatory trading book is calculated using a variety of methods approved by FINMA. The components of market risk risk-weighted assets (RWA) are value-at-risk (VaR), stressed VaR

(SVaR), an add-on for risks that are potentially not fully modeled in VaR (RniV), the incremental risk charge (IRC), the comprehensive risk measure (CRM) for the correlation portfolio and the securitization framework for securitization positions in the trading book. More information about each of these components is detailed on the following pages.

The table below presents an overview of Pillar 3 disclosures separately provided in our Annual Report 2019.

Annual |

MRA – Market risk
Pillar 3 disclosure requirement Annual Report 2019 section Disclosure Annual Report 2019 page number
Strategies and processes of the bank for market risk Risk, treasury and capital management – Risk appetite framework 111–114
– Market risk – Overview of measurement, monitoring and<br><br> <br>management techniques 138
– Market risk stress loss, Value-at-risk 139–142
Consolidated financial statements – Note 11 Derivative instruments 365–370
Structure and organization of the market risk management<br> function Risk, treasury and capital management – Key risks, risk measures and performance by business division<br> and Corporate Center 106
– Risk governance 109–110
Scope and nature of risk reporting and measurement systems Risk, treasury and capital management – Internal risk reporting 115
– Main sources of market risk, Overview of measurement, monitoring<br> and management techniques 138

p

80

Market risk risk-weighted assets

Market risk RWA development in the fourth quarter of 2019

Quarterly | The three main components that contribute to market risk RWA are VaR, SVaR and IRC. VaR and SVaR components include the RWA charge for RniV. From 30 June 2019 onward, the comprehensive risk measure (CRM)-based capital requirement has no longer been applicable to us, as we no longer hold eligible correlation trading positions.

The MR2 table on the next page provides a breakdown of the market risk RWA under an internal models approach movement in the fourth quarter of 2019 across these components, according to the movement categories defined by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision. These categories are described below. p

Definitions of market risk RWAmovement table components for MR2

References in the table below link to the line numbers provided in the movement table on the next page.

Reference Description Definition
1/8c RWA as of previous and current reporting period end (end of period) Quarter-end RWA.
1a/8b Regulatory adjustment Indicates the difference between rows 1 and 1b, and<br> 8c and 8a, respectively.
1b/8a RWA at previous and current quarter end (end<br><br> <br>of day) For<br> a given component (e.g., VaR), this refers to the RWA computed whenever that<br> component’s snapshot quarter-end figure is higher than the 60-day average for<br> regulatory VaR, and the 12-week average for SVaR and IRC, thus determining<br> the quarter-end RWA. The regulatory adjustment would be zero if the<br> quarter-end RWA were triggered by the snapshot quarter-end figure.
Movement of end-of-day RWA
2 Movement in risk levels Movements due to changes in positions and risk<br> levels.
3 Model updates/changes Movements due to routine updates to model parameters<br> and model changes.
4 Methodology and policy Movements due to methodological changes in<br> calculations driven by regulatory policy changes, including revisions of<br> existing regulations, new regulations and add-ons mandated by the regulator.
5 Acquisitions and disposals Movements due to the disposal or acquisition of<br> business operations, quantified based on the market risk exposures at the end<br> of the quarter preceding a disposal or following an acquisition. Purchases<br> and sales of exposures in the ordinary course of business are reflected in<br> “Movements in risk levels.”
6 Foreign exchange movements Movements due to changes in exchange rates. Note that<br> the effect of movements in exchange rates is captured in “Movement in risk<br> levels,” since exchange rate movements are part of the effects of market movements<br> on risk levels.
7 Other Movements due to changes that cannot be attributed to<br> any other category.

RWA flow

Quarterly |

Market risk RWA decreased by USD 2.6 billion to USD 6.1 billion in the fourth quarter of 2019, driven by lower average regulatory value-at-risk (VaR) and stressed VaR levels observed in the Investment Bank’s Equities business and, to a lesser extent, from model updates, primarily related to the ongoing parameter update of the VaR model. This was partly offset by an increase from regulatory add-ons which reflect updates from the monthly risks-not-in-VaR (RniV) assessment.

The VaR multiplier remained unchanged, at 3, compared with the third quarter of 2019.  p

81

UBS Group AG consolidated

Quarterly |

MR2: RWA flow statements of<br> market risk exposures under an internal models approach1
million VaR Stressed VaR IRC CRM Other Total RWA
1 5,085 12,149 2,299 7 **** 19,541
1a (2,167) (8,470) (1,059) (7) (11,702)
1b 2,918 3,680 1,240 0 7,838
2 (1,771) (831) (26) (2,628)
3 (12) 41 29
4
5
6
7 (205) (495) 0 (700)
8a 929 2,395 1,214 0 4,539
8b 2,298 5,506 0 7,804
8c 3,227 7,901 1,214 0 **** 12,343
1 3,227 7,901 1,214 0 **** 12,343
1a (2,298) (5,506) 0 (7,804)
1b 929 2,395 1,214 0 4,539
2 (163) (442) 168 (438)
3 (27) (32) (70) (128)
4
5
6
7 (53) (71) 0 (124)
8a 687 1,850 1,312 3,849
8b 1,874 4,591 212 6,677
8c 2,561 6,441 1,524 **** **** 10,526
1 2,561 6,441 1,524 **** **** 10,526
1a (1,874) (4,591) (212) (6,677)
1b 687 1,850 1,312 3,849
2 987 1,295 (61) 2,222
3 (909) (1,749) 136 (2,522)
4
5
6
7 (49) (127) (176)
8a 716 1,270 1,388 3,374
8b 1,481 3,837 23 5,341
8c 2,197 5,107 1,411 **** **** 8,714
1 2,197 5,107 1,411 **** **** 8,714
1a (1,481) (3,837) (23) **** **** (5,341)
1b 716 1,270 1,388 **** **** 3,374
2 (166) 49 (164) **** **** (280)
3 (126) (92) **** **** **** (218)
4 **** **** **** **** **** ****
5 **** **** **** **** **** ****
6 **** **** **** **** **** ****
7 95 285 **** **** **** 380
8a 519 1,512 1,224 **** **** 3,255
8b 382 2,500 **** **** **** 2,882
8c 901 4,012 1,224 **** **** 6,137
1 Components that describe movements in RWA are presented in<br> italics.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

82

Securitization positions in the trading book

Semiannual |

Our exposure to securitization positions in the trading book includes exposures arising from secondary trading in commercial mortgage-backed securities in the Investment Bank, and limited positions in Non-core and Legacy Portfolio within Corporate Center that we continue to wind down. Refer to the “Regulatory exposures and risk-weighted assets” table on pages 20–22 of this report and to the “Securitizations” section of this report for more information.

The table below provides information about market risk RWA from securitization exposures in the trading book. p

Semiannual |

MR1: Market risk under<br> standardized approach
RWA
million 31.12.19 30.6.19 31.12.18
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8 419 452 452
9 419 452 452

All values are in US Dollars.

p

Annual | The table below presents an overview of Pillar 3 disclosures separately provided in our Annual Report 2019. p

Annual |

MRB – Internal models approach
Pillar 3 disclosure requirement Annual Report 2019 section Disclosure Annual Report 2019 page number
Description of activities and risks covered by the VaR models<br> and stressed VaR models Risk, treasury and capital management – Value-at-risk 139–142
– Main sources of market risk 138
VaR models applied by different entities within the Group Risk, treasury and capital management – Main sources of market risk 138
– Value-at-risk 139–142
General description of VaR and stressed VaR models Risk, treasury and capital management – Value-at-risk 139–142
Main differences between the VaR and stressed VaR models used<br> for management purposes and for regulatory purposes Risk, treasury and capital management – Value-at-risk 139–142
Further information on VaR models Risk, treasury and capital management – Value-at-risk 139–142
– Market risk stress loss 139
– Market risk – Overview of measurement, monitoring and management<br> techniques 138
Consolidated financial statements – Note 24 Fair value measurement 404–423
Description of stress testing applied to modeling parameters Consolidated financial statements – Note 24 Fair value measurement 404–423
Description of backtesting approach Risk, treasury and capital management – Backtesting of VaR 141–142
– VaR model confirmation 142

p

83

UBS Group AG consolidated

Regulatory calculation of market risk

Semiannual | The MR3 table below shows minimum, maximum, average and period-end regulatory VaR, stressed VaR, the IRC and the comprehensive risk capital charge. Since the second

quarter of 2019, we have not held eligible correlation trading positions.

During the second half of 2019, average 10-day 99% regulatory and stressed VaR decreased due to our continued focus on managing tail risks. p

Semiannual |

MR3: IMA values for trading<br> portfolios
For the six-month period ended 31.12.19 For the six-month period ended 30.6.19 For the six-month period ended 31.12.18
million
1 78 88 107
2 19 31 38
3 0 17 6
4 16 24 79
****
5 96 143 202
6 51 74 93
7 22 45 35
8 45 61 98
****
9 139 141 247
10 104 107 193
11 76 87 99
12 98 105 99
****
13 **** 5
14 **** 1
15 **** 0
16 **** 0
17 **** 0

All values are in US Dollars.

p

84

Value-at-risk

VaR definition

Annual | VaR is a statistical measure of market risk, representing the market risk losses that could potentially be realized over a set time horizon (holding period) at an established level of confidence. The measure assumes no change in the Group’s trading positions over the set time horizon.

We calculate VaR on a daily basis. The profit or loss distribution from which VaR is derived is generated by our internally developed VaR model. The VaR model simulates returns over the holding period of those risk factors to which our trading positions are sensitive, and subsequently quantifies the profit or loss effect of these risk factor returns on the trading positions. Risk factor returns associated with the risk factor classes of general interest rates, foreign exchange and commodities are based on a pure historical simulation approach, taking into account a five-year look-back window. Risk factor returns for selected issuer-based risk factors, such as equity price and credit spreads, are decomposed into systematic and residual, issuer-specific components using a factor model approach. Systematic returns are based on historical simulation, and residual returns are based on a Monte Carlo simulation. The VaR model profit and loss distribution is derived from the sum of the systematic and residual returns in such a way that we consistently capture systematic and residual risk. Correlations among risk factors are implicitly captured via the historical simulation approach. In modeling the risk factor returns, we consider the stationarity properties of the historical time series of risk factor changes. Depending on the stationarity properties of the risk factors within a given risk factor class, we choose to model the risk factor returns using absolute returns or logarithmic returns. The risk factor return distributions are updated on a fortnightly basis.

Although our VaR model does not have full revaluation capability, we source full revaluation grids and sensitivities from our front-office systems, enabling us to capture material non-linear profit or loss effects.

We use a single VaR model for both internal management purposes and determining market risk RWA, although we consider different confidence levels and time horizons. For internal management purposes, we establish risk limits and measure exposures using VaR at the 95% confidence level with a one-day holding period, aligned to the way we consider the risks associated with our trading activities. The regulatory measure of market risk used to underpin the market risk capital requirement under Basel III requires a measure equivalent to a 99% confidence level using a 10-day holding period. In the calculation of a 10-day holding period VaR, we employ 10-day risk factor returns, whereby all observations are equally weighted.

Additionally, the population of the portfolio within management and regulatory VaR is slightly different. The population within regulatory VaR meets regulatory requirements for inclusion in regulatory VaR. Management VaR includes a broader population of positions. For example, regulatory VaR excludes the credit spread risks from the securitization portfolio, which are treated instead under the securitization approach for regulatory purposes.

We also use SVaR for the calculation of regulatory capital. SVaR adopts broadly the same methodology as regulatory VaR and is calculated using the same population, holding period (10-day) and confidence level (99%). However, unlike regulatory VaR, the historical data set for SVaR is not limited to five years, but spans the time period from 1 January 2007 to present. In deriving SVaR, we search for the largest 10-day holding period VaR for the current portfolio of the Group across all one-year look-back windows that fall into the interval from 1 January 2007 to present. SVaR is computed weekly. p

Derivation of VaR- and SVaR-based RWA

Annual | VaR and SVaR are used to derive the VaR and SVaR components of the market risk Basel III RWA, as shown in the “Regulatory exposures and risk-weighted assets” table on pages 20–22 of this report. This calculation takes the maximum of the respective period-end VaR measure and the product of the average VaR measure for the 60 trading days immediately preceding the period end and a VaR multiplier set by FINMA. The VaR multiplier, which was 3.0 as of 31 December 2019, is dependent upon the number of VaR backtesting exceptions within a 250-business-day window. When the number of exceptions is greater than four, the multiplier increases gradually from three to a maximum of four if 10 or more backtesting exceptions occur. This is then multiplied by a risk weight factor of 1,250% to determine RWA.

In addition to the VaR multiplier, at the time of the structural change to our VaR model in the first quarter of 2016, FINMA introduced a model multiplier of 1.3 to be applied in the calculation of VaR and SVaR RWA. This model multiplier was temporarily introduced to offset a reduction in VaR at the time, pending other improvements to the VaR model, which are expected to increase VaR. This temporary multiplier has not yet been removed.

This calculation is set out in the table below. p

Annual |

Calculation of VaR- and SVaR-based RWA as of 31 December 2019
USD million Period-end VaR<br><br> <br>(A) 60-day average VaR<br><br> <br>(B) VaR multiplier<br><br> <br>(C) Model multiplier<br><br> <br>(D) Max. (A, B x C) x D<br><br> <br>(E) Risk weight factor<br><br> <br>(F) Basel III RWA<br><br> <br>(E x F)
VaR (10-day 99%) 16 10 3.00 1.3 39 1,250% 487
Stressed VaR (10-day 99%) 45 43 3.00 1.3 167 1,250% 2,082

p

85

UBS Group AG consolidated

MR4:Comparison of VaR estimates with gains/losses

Semiannual | VaR backtesting is a performance measurement process in which the 1-day VaR prediction is compared with the realized 1-day profit or loss (P&L). We compute backtesting VaR using a 99% confidence level and one-day holding period for the population included within regulatory VaR. Since 99% VaR at UBS is defined as a risk measure that operates on the lower tail of the P&L distribution, 99% backtesting VaR is a negative number. Backtesting revenues exclude non-trading revenues, such as valuation reserves, fees and commissions and revenues from intraday trading, to provide a like-for-like comparison. A backtesting exception occurs when backtesting revenues are lower than the previous day’s backtesting VaR.

Statistically, given the confidence level of 99%, two or three backtesting exceptions per year can be expected. More than four exceptions could indicate that the VaR model is not performing appropriately, as could too few exceptions over a prolonged period of time. However, as noted under “VaR limitations” in the “Risk management and control” section of our Annual Report 2019, a sudden increase or decrease in market volatility relative to the five-year window could lead to a higher or lower number of exceptions, respectively. Accordingly, Group-level backtesting exceptions are investigated, as are exceptional positive backtesting revenues, with results being reported to senior business management, the Group Chief Risk Officer and the Group Chief Market & Treasury Risk Officer. Backtesting exceptions are also reported to internal and external auditors and to the relevant regulators.

The “Group: development of regulatory backtesting revenues and actual trading revenues against backtesting VaR” chart below shows the 12-month development of backtesting VaR against the Group’s backtesting revenues and actual trading revenues for 2019. The chart shows both the 99% and the 1% backtesting VaR. The asymmetry between the negative and positive tails is a result of the long gamma risk profile that has been run historically in the Investment Bank.

The actual trading revenues include, in addition to backtesting revenues, intraday revenues.

There were no new Group VaR backtesting exceptions in the second half of 2019. The total number of backtesting exceptions within the most recent 250-business-day window decreased from 1 to 0. Correspondingly, the FINMA VaR multiplier used to compute regulatory and stressed VaR RWA remained unchanged at 3 throughout the period. p

Semiannual |

****

p



86

Risks-not-in-VaR

Risks-not-in-VaR definition

Annual | We have a framework to identify and quantify potential risks that are not entirely captured by our VaR model. We refer to these as risks-not-in-VaR (RniV). This framework is used to underpin these potential risks with regulatory capital, calculated as a multiple of VaR and SVaR.

Our VaR model can be split into two components: the P&L representation and the risk factor model. This gives rise to two RniV categories: P&L representation RniV and risk factor RniV. P&L representation RniV arises from approximations made by the VaR model to quantify the effect of risk factor changes on the profit and loss of positions and portfolios. Risk factor RniV originate from an inadequate modeling of the stochastic behavior of the risk factors. p

Risks-not-in-VaR quantification

Annual | The RniV quantification is conducted on the basis of a quantitative approach that was developed within the Risk Methodology department and that has been approved by FINMA. We quantify RniV on a monthly basis. The framework applies to both categories of RniV: P&L representation RniV as well as risk factor RniV. p

Risks-not-in-VaR mitigation

Annual | Material RniV items are monitored and controlled by means and measures other than VaR, such as position limits and stress limits. Additionally, there are ongoing initiatives to extend the VaR model to better capture these risks. p

Derivation of RWA add-on for risks-not-in-VaR

Annual |

The RniV framework is used to derive the RniV-based component of the market risk Basel III RWA, using the aforementioned approach, which is approved by FINMA and is subject to recalibration at least once a quarter. As RWA from RniV are add-ons, they do not reflect any diversification benefits across risks capitalized through VaR and SVaR.

The RniV VaR and SVaR capital ratios applicable as of 31 December 2019 were 85% and 93%, respectively.

FINMA continues to require that RniV stressed VaR capital is floored at RniV VaR capital. p

Annual |

Calculation of RniV-based RWA as of 31 December 2019
USD million Period-end RWA<br><br> <br>(A) RniV add-on<br><br> <br>(B) RniV RWA<br><br> <br>(A x B)
Regulatory VaR 487 85% 414
Stressed VaR 2,082 93% 1,930
Total RniV RWA 2,344

p

87

UBS Group AG consolidated

Incremental riskcharge

Annual | Incremental risk charge (IRC) is the potential loss due to the defaults or credit migrations of issuers of non-securitized credit instruments in the trading book. IRC is calculated as the portfolio loss at the 99.9th percentile of the portfolio loss distribution over a one-year time horizon. It uses a multi-factor model applying the constant position assumption for all positions in the IRC portfolio: all positions are kept unchanged over a one-year time period.

The portfolio loss distribution is estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation approach. The simulation is performed in two steps: first, the distribution of credit ratings (including the defaulted state) at the one-year time horizon is estimated by a portfolio rating migration model; and, second, default and migration losses conditional on credit events generated by the migration model are calculated and aggregated.

The portfolio rating migration model is of the Merton type: migrations of credit ratings are considered to be functions of the underlying asset value of a firm. The correlation structure of asset values is based on the FIS APT factor model with factor loadings and volatilities homogenized within region-industry-size buckets. For the government bucket, a conservative expert-based correlation value is used. The transition matrix approach is utilized to set migration and default thresholds. The transition matrix for sovereign obligors is calibrated to the history of S&P sovereign ratings. The transition matrix for non-sovereigns is calibrated to the history of UBS internal ratings.

For each position related to a defaulted obligor, default losses are calculated based on the maximum default exposure measure (the loss in the case of a default event assuming zero recovery) and a random recovery concept. To account for potential basis risk between instruments, different recovery values may be generated for different instruments even if they belong to the same issuer. To calculate rating migration losses, a linear (delta) approximation is used. A loss resulting from a migration event is calculated as a change in the average credit spread due to the rating change, multiplied by the corresponding sensitivity of a position to changes in credit spreads.

The validation of the IRC model relies heavily on sensitivity analyses embedded into the annual model reconfirmation.p

Derivation of IRC-based RWA

Annual | IRC is calculated weekly and the results are used to derive the IRC-based component of the market risk Basel III RWA, as shown in the “Regulatory exposures and risk-weighted assets” table on pages 20–22 of this report. The derivation is similar to that for VaR- and SVaR-based RWA, but without a VaR multiplier, and is shown below. p

Annual |

Calculation of IRC-based RWA as<br> of 31 December 2019
Average of last<br><br> <br>12 weeks IRC<br><br> <br>(B) Max (A, B)<br><br> <br>(C) Risk weight factor<br><br> <br>(D) Basel III RWA<br><br> <br>(C x D)
million
93 98 1,250% 1,224

All values are in US Dollars.

p

88

Comprehensive risk measure

Annual | The comprehensive risk measure (the CRM) is an estimate of the default and complex price risk, including the convexity and cross-convexity of the CRM portfolio across credit spread, correlation and recovery, measured over a one-year time horizon at a 99.9% confidence level. The calculation assumes a static portfolio with trade aging, a modeling choice consistent with the portfolio being hedged in a back-to-back manner. The model scope covers collateralized debt obligation (CDO) swaps, credit-linked notes (CLNs), 1st- and nth-to-default swaps and CLNs and hedges for these positions, including single-name credit default swaps (CDSs), CLNs and index CDSs.

The CRM profit and loss distribution is estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation of defaults, loss given default (LGD) rates

and market data changes over the next 12 months where spreads follow their own stochastic processes and are correlated to defaults. The risk engine loads the definition of all trades and, for each Monte Carlo scenario, generates the trade cash flows over the next 12 months and revalues the trades on the horizon date. The revaluation relies on sampled FX rates, credit spreads and index bases and introduces a correlation skew by using stochastic correlations and stochastic LGD rates. The correlation skew is calibrated at irregular intervals. The 99.9% negative quantile of the resulting profit and loss distribution is then taken to be the CRM result. Our CRM methodology is subject to minimum qualitative standards.

Since the second quarter of 2019, we have not held eligible correlation trading positions and therefore the CRM-based capital requirement has not been applicable to us. p

89

UBS Group AG consolidated

Section 9  Operational risk

Annual | The table below presents an overview of Pillar 3 disclosures separately provided in our Annual Report 2019. p

Annual |

ORA: Operational risk
Pillar 3 disclosure requirement Annual Report 2019 section Disclosure Annual Report 2019 page number
Details of the approach for operational risk capital assessment<br> for which the bank qualifies Risk, treasury and capital management – Operational risk framework 154
Description of the advanced measurement approaches (AMA) for<br> operational risk Risk, treasury and capital management – Advanced measurement approach model 155

p

90

Section 10  Interest rate risk in thebanking book

Annual | The disclosures in this section take into account FINMA Circular 2019/2, which sets out minimum standards for the measurement, management, monitoring and control of interest rate risks in the banking book. p

Annual |

Interest rate risk in the banking book
Pillar 3 disclosure requirement Annual Report 2019 section Disclosure Annual Report 2019 page number
The nature of interest rate risk in the banking book and key<br> assumptions applied Risk, treasury and capital management – Interest rate risk in the banking book 143–146

p

Annual | Sources of interest rate risk in the banking book

Interest rate risk in the banking book (IRRBB) arises from balance sheet positions such as Loans and advances to banks,  Loans and advances to customers, Financial assets at fair value not held for trading,  Financial assetsmeasured at amortized cost,  Customer deposits,  Debt issuedmeasured at amortized cost,  and derivatives, including those used for cash flow hedge accounting purposes. These positions may affect other comprehensive income (OCI) or the income statement, depending on their accounting treatment.

Our largest banking book interest rate exposures arise from customer deposits and lending products in Global Wealth Management and Personal & Corporate Banking. The inherent interest rate risks are generally transferred from Global Wealth Management and Personal & Corporate Banking to Group Treasury, to manage them centrally within Corporate Center. This allows for the netting of interest rate risks across different sources, while leaving the originating businesses with commercial margin and volume management. The residual interest rate risk is mainly hedged with interest rate swaps, to the vast majority of which we apply hedge accounting. Short-term exposures and high-quality liquid assets classified as Financial assets at fair value not held for trading are hedged with derivatives accounted for on a mark-to-market basis. Long-term fixed-rate debt issued is hedged with interest rate swaps designated in fair value hedge accounting relationships.

Risk management and governance

IRRBB is measured using a number of metrics, the most relevant of which are the following:

–   Interest rate sensitivities to parallel shifts in yield curves, calculated as changes in the present value of future cash flows irrespective of accounting treatment. These are also the key risk factors for statistical and stress-based measures, such as value-at-risk and stress scenarios (including Economic Value of Equity (EVE) sensitivity), and are measured and reported with a daily frequency. EVE sensitivity is the exposure arising from the most adverse regulatory interest rate scenario after netting across currencies. In addition to the regulatory measure, we apply an internal EVE sensitivity metric that includes equity, goodwill, real estate and additional tier 1 (AT1) capital instruments.

–   Net interest income (NII) sensitivity assesses the change in NII over a set time horizon compared with the baseline NII, which we internally calculate by assuming that interest rates in all currencies develop according to their market-implied forward rates and under the assumption of constant business volumes and no specific management actions. The internal NII sensitivity, which includes the contribution from cash held at central banks, unlike the Pillar 3 disclosure requirements, is measured and reported on a monthly basis.

We actively manage IRRBB, with the objective of reducing the volatility of NII, while keeping the EVE sensitivity within set internal risk limits.

EVE and NII sensitivity are monitored against limits and triggers, both at consolidated and at significant legal entity levels. We also assess the sensitivity of EVE and NII under stressed market conditions by applying a suite of parallel and non-parallel interest rate scenarios, as well as specific economic scenarios.

The Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book Strategy Committee, which is a sub-committee of the Group Asset and Liability Committee (ALCO), and, where relevant, ALCOs at a legal entity level, perform independent oversight over the management of IRRBB. IRRBB is also subject to Group Internal Audit and model governance.

®     Refer to “Group Internal Audit” in the“Corporate governance” section of this report and to “Risk measurement” in thissection for more information

Key modeling assumptions

The cash flows from customer deposits and lending products used in the calculation of EVE sensitivity exclude commercial margins and other spread components, are aggregated for each business day and are discounted using risk-free rates. Our external issuances are discounted using UBS’s senior debt curve, and capital instruments are modeled to the first call date. NII sensitivity is calculated over a one-year time horizon, assuming constant balance sheet structure and volumes, and considers the flooring effect of embedded interest rate options.

The average repricing maturity of non-maturing deposits and loans is determined via replication portfolio strategies that are designed to protect product margin. Optimal replicating portfolios are determined at a granular currency- and product-specific level by simulating and applying a real-world market rate model to historically calibrated client rate and volume models.

91

UBS Group AG consolidated

We use an econometric prepayment model to forecast prepayment rates on US mortgage loans in UBS Bank USA, as well as agency mortgage-backed securities (MBSs) held in various liquidity portfolios of UBS Americas Holding LLC consolidated. These prepayment rates are used to forecast both mortgage loan and MBS balances under various macroeconomic scenarios. The prepayment model is used for a variety of purposes, including risk management and regulatory stress testing. Mortgages in Switzerland and fixed-term deposits generally do not carry similar optionality, due to prepayment and early redemption penalties.

Economic value and net interest income sensitivity

The interest rate risk sensitivity figures presented in the IRRBB1 table below represent the effect of six interest rate scenarios defined by FINMA on the theoretical present value of the banking book as well as the effect of the two parallel shock scenarios on the net interest income of the banking book. EVE sensitivity excludes equity, goodwill, real estate and additional tier 1 (AT1) capital instruments.

As of 31 December 2019, the most adverse of the six FINMA interest rate scenarios with regard to EVE was the “Parallel up” scenario, resulting in a change of the economic value of equity of negative USD 5.0 billion, representing a pro forma reduction of 9.6% of tier 1 capital, which is well below the regulatory outlier test of 15% of tier 1 capital. The immediate effect of the “Parallel up” scenario on tier 1 capital as of 31 December 2019 would be a reduction of 1.3%, or USD 0.7 billion, arising from the part of our banking book that is measured at fair value through profit or loss and from the financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income.

The more adverse of the two parallel interest rate scenarios with regard to NII over the next 12 months was the “Parallel up” scenario, resulting in a potential change of negative USD 0.6 billion. This excludes the contribution from cash held at central banks as per FINMA Pillar 3 disclosure requirements. With the inclusion of the cash held at central banks, the NII would increase by USD 0.6 billion under the “Parallel up” scenario. p

Annual |

IRRBB1: Quantitative information about IRRBB
As of 31.12.19 Delta EVE – Change of economic value of equity Delta NII – Change of Net interest income^1^
USD million 31.12.19 30.6.19 31.12.19 30.6.19
Parallel up^2^ (5,003) (4,504) (608) (355)
Parallel down^2^ 4,316 3,807 48 204
Steepener^3^ (816) (749) ****
Flattener^4^ (337) (298) ****
Short-term up^5^ (2,166) (1,908) ****
Short-term down^6^ 2,292 2,048 ****
Maximum^7^ (5,003) (4,504) (608) (355)
Period 31.12.19 30.6.19
Tier 1 capital 51,888 49,993
1 Disclosure of the NII sensitivity is only required for the two<br> parallel shock scenarios. The NII sensitivity estimates reflect the impact of<br> immediate changes in interest rates, relative to constant rates, and assume<br> no change to balance sheet size and structure, constant foreign exchange<br> rates and no specific management action. Furthermore, the change in NII does<br> not include the contribution from cash held at central banks.    2 Rates<br> across all tenors move by ±150 bps for Swiss franc, ±200 bps for euro and US<br> dollar and ±250 bps for pound sterling.    3 Short-term rates decrease and<br> long-term rates increase.    4 Short-term rates increase and long-term rates<br> decrease.    5 Short-term rates increase more than long-term rates.    6<br> Short-term rates decrease more than long-term rates.    7 “Maximum” indicates<br> the most adverse interest rate scenario as shown in the table.

92

IRRBBA1: Quantitative disclosures relating to the position<br> structure and interest rate reset of IRRBB risk
As of 31.12.19 Volume^1^ Average interest rate repricing period (in years) Maximum interest rate repricing period (in years)  for exposures with modeled interest rate repricing dates
million, except where<br> indicated Total of which: CHF of which: EUR of which: USD Total of which: CHF Total of which: CHF
Determined <br> repricing period2 11,913 4,969 3,705 3,199 0.73 0.94 **** ****
145,829 36,282 12,071 79,396 0.73 1.48 **** ****
41,311 41,311 **** **** 0.14 0.14 **** ****
84,164 84,164 **** **** 4.11 4.11 **** ****
47,022 1,182 5,259 32,279 1.73 3.15 **** ****
182,792 0 14,691 125,810 0.11 0.09 **** ****
635,141 86,494 107,881 356,096 1.26 1.12 **** ****
(4,752) (3,388) 0 (1,201) 1.12 1.13 **** ****
(52,106) (130) (354) (41,316) 0.39 1.55 **** ****
(88) (88) 0 **** 1.27 2.57 **** ****
(87,075) (9,854) (22,935) (46,310) 2.27 4.77 **** ****
(84,427) 0 (12,054) (48,968) 0.06 0.01 **** ****
(635,931) (109,901) (79,752) (335,227) 0.64 0.90 **** ****
Undetermined <br> repricing period3 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
19,202 1,997 2,785 12,843 1.34 0.88 **** ****
19,817 **** **** 16,383 2.98 **** **** ****
2,105 2,105 **** **** 1.32 1.32 **** ****
(277,888) (90,043) (52,891) (113,900) 1.19 1.23 **** ****
**** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
(109,018) (109,018) **** **** 2.23 2.23 **** ****
428,030 203,163 55,677 143,125 1.14 1.72 10 10
1 The volume figures cover only banking book positions and are<br> risk-based measures which differ from the accounting values on the IFRS<br> balance sheet.    2 Receivables and payables from securities financing<br> transactions are reported on a gross basis, consistent with our interest rate<br> risk management and monitoring process. Subordinated liabilities are<br> excluded.    3 Swiss franc variable-rate mortgages and balances associated to<br> loans and advances to banks with a combined volume below 1 billion are<br> reported under loans and advances to customers, consistent with our interest<br> rate risk management and monitoring process.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

93

UBS Group AG consolidated

Annual |

IRRBBA1: Quantitative<br> disclosures relating to the position structure and interest rate reset of<br> IRRBB risk
As of 30.6.19 Volume^1^ Average interest rate repricing period (in years) Maximum interest rate repricing period (in years)  for exposures<br> with modeled interest rate repricing dates
million, except where<br> indicated Total of which: CHF of which: EUR of which: USD Total of which: CHF Total of which: CHF
Determined <br> repricing period 2 12,193 4,459 3,628 4,086 0.69 0.91
144,803 35,569 12,117 73,908 0.64 1.38
39,551 39,551 0.15 0.15
83,709 83,709 0 0 4.13 4.13
50,450 1,231 4,974 31,685 1.80 3.72
172,358 26,125 95,684 0.13 0.10
687,361 104,235 145,253 353,448 1.29 0.98
(12,816) (3,360) (11) (9,269) 1.37 1.46
(52,696) (195) (1,284) (39,129) 0.40 0.49
(75) (73) (1) 2.73 2.72
(97,060) (9,984) (32,653) (46,605) 1.81 5.05
(117,535) 0 (22,200) (64,966) 0.11 0.01
(687,321) (127,566) (93,615) (341,800) 0.68 0.86
Undetermined <br> repricing period3
15,739 2,030 3,114 9,186 1.17 0.91
17,921 14,482 3.92
2,173 2,173 1.31 1.31
(261,637) (83,101) (55,465) (101,572) 1.30 1.32
(112,048) (112,048) 2.16 2.16
409,519 199,352 58,579 125,241 1.20 1.74 10 10
1 The volume figures cover only banking book positions and are<br> risk-based measures which differ from the accounting values on the IFRS<br> balance sheet.    2 Receivables and payables from securities financing<br> transactions are reported on a gross basis, consistent with our interest rate<br> risk management and monitoring process. Subordinated liabilities are<br> excluded.    3 Swiss franc variable-rate mortgages and balances associated to<br> loans and advances to banks with a combined volume below 1 billion are<br> reported under loans and advances to customers, consistent with our interest<br> rate risk management and monitoring process.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

94

Section 11  Going and gone concernrequirements and eligible capital

The table below provides details regarding the Swiss systemically relevant bank (SRB) going and gone concern capital requirements as required by FINMA. More information about capital management is provided on pages 175–189 of our Annual Report 2019, available under ”Annual reporting” at www.ubs.com/investors.

Quarterly |

Swiss SRB going and gone concern requirements and information
Swiss SRB, including transitional arrangements Swiss SRB as of 1.1.20
As of 31.12.19 RWA LRD RWA LRD
USD million, except where indicated in % in % in % in %
Required going concern capital **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
Total going concern capital 13.71 35,543 4.50 41,010 14.25^1^ 36,943 4.88^1^ 44,427
Common equity tier 1 capital 9.81 25,434 3.20 29,162 9.95 25,797 3.38 30,757
of which: minimum capital 4.90 12,701 1.70 15,493 4.50 11,664 1.50 13,670
of which: buffer capital 4.60 11,924 1.50 13,670 5.14 13,323 1.88 17,087
of which: countercyclical buffer 0.31 810 0.31 810
Maximum additional tier 1 capital 3.90 10,109 1.30 11,847 4.30 11,146 1.50 13,670
of which: additional tier 1 capital 3.10 8,035 1.30 11,847 3.50 9,072 1.50 13,670
of which: additional tier 1 buffer capital 0.80 2,074 0.80 2,074
Eligible going concern capital **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
Total going concern capital 22.01 57,056 6.26 57,056 20.02 51,888 5.69 51,888
Common equity tier 1 capital 13.73 35,582 3.90 35,582 13.73 35,582 3.90 35,582
Total loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital 8.28 21,474 2.36 21,474 6.29 16,306 1.79 16,306
of which: high-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital 5.36 13,892 1.52 13,892 5.36 13,892 1.52 13,892
of which: low-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital^2^ 0.93 2,414 0.26 2,414 0.93 2,414 0.26 2,414
of which: low-trigger loss-absorbing tier 2 capital^3^ 1.99 5,168 0.57 5,168
Required gone concern capital **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
Total gone concern loss-absorbing capacity 9.51 24,662 3.27 29,789 10.34 26,805 3.70 33,719
of which: base requirement 10.52 27,269 3.63 33,036 12.86 33,334 4.50 41,010
of which: additional requirement for market share and LRD^4^ 0.81 2,100 0.28 2,563 1.08 2,799 0.38 3,417
of which: applicable reduction on requirements (1.82) (4,706) (0.64) (5,810) (3.60) (9,329) (1.17) (10,708)
of which: rebate granted (equivalent to 42.5% of maximum rebate) (1.82) (4,706) (0.64) (5,810) (2.27) (5,883) (0.80) (7,262)
of which: reduction for usage of low-trigger tier 2 capital instruments (1.33) (3,446) (0.38) (3,446)
Eligible gone concern capital **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
Total gone concern loss-absorbing capacity 12.57 32,585 3.58 32,585 14.56 37,753 4.14 37,753
Total tier 2 capital 0.87 2,263 0.25 2,263 2.87 7,431 0.82 7,431
of which: low-trigger loss-absorbing tier 2 capital 0.67 1,724 0.19 1,724 2.66 6,892 0.76 6,892
of which: non-Basel III-compliant tier 2 capital 0.21 540 0.06 540 0.21 540 0.06 540
TLAC-eligible senior unsecured debt 11.70 30,322 3.33 30,322 11.70 30,322 3.33 30,322
Total loss-absorbing capacity **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
Required total loss-absorbing capacity 23.23 60,205 7.77 70,799 24.59 63,748 8.58 78,146
Eligible total loss-absorbing capacity 34.58 89,641 9.84 89,641 34.58 89,641 9.84 89,641
1 Includes applicable add-ons of 1.08% for RWA and 0.375% for<br> LRD.    2 Includes outstanding low-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1<br> (AT1) capital instruments, which are available under the transitional rules<br> of the Swiss SRB framework to meet the going concern requirements until their<br> first call date, even if the first call date is after 31 December 2019. As of<br> their first call date, these instruments are eligible to meet the gone<br> concern requirements.    3 Includes outstanding low-trigger<br> loss-absorbing tier 2 capital instruments, which are available under the<br> transitional rules of the Swiss SRB framework to meet the going concern<br> requirements until the earlier of (i) their maturity or first call date or<br> (ii) 31 December 2019, and to meet gone concern requirements thereafter.<br> Outstanding low-trigger loss-absorbing tier 2 capital instruments are subject<br> to amortization starting five years prior to their maturity, with the<br> amortized portion qualifying as gone concern loss-absorbing capacity.<br> Instruments available to meet gone concern requirements are eligible until<br> one year before maturity, with a haircut of 50% applied in the last year of<br> eligibility, as reflected in this table. Under the revised Capital Adequacy<br> Ordinance issued in November 2019, effective 1 January 2020, the 50% haircut<br> is no longer applied; refer to “Revised gone concern capital requirements in<br> Switzerland” in the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of this<br> report for more information.    4 A lower add-on requirement for market share<br> was applied in the fourth quarter of 2019, of which 0.27% was applied for RWA<br> and 0.09% for LRD under the transitional rules, 0.36% was applied for RWA and<br> 0.125% for LRD under the final rules as of 1 January 2020.

p

95

UBS Group AG consolidated

Semiannual | The CCyB1 table below provides details of the underlying exposures and risk-weighted assets (RWA) used in the computation of the countercyclical buffer requirement of UBS Group AG. Further information about the methodology of geographical allocation used is provided on page 149 of our Annual Report 2019, available under ”Annual reporting” at www.ubs.com/investors. The countercyclical capital buffer for Sweden increased from 2% to 2.5%, effective from 19 September 2019, whereas the rate for Hong Kong decreased from 2.5% to 2% on 14 October 2019. France introduced a countercyclical buffer requirement of 0.25%, effective from 1 July 2019. p

Semiannual |

CCyB1: Geographical<br> distribution of credit exposures used in the countercyclical capital buffer
million, except where<br> indicated
Geographical breakdown Exposure values and / or risk-weighted assets used in the<br> computation of the countercyclical capital buffer Bank-specific countercyclical capital buffer rate, % Countercyclical amount
Exposure values^1^ Risk-weighted assets
Hong Kong 6,302 1,753 **** ****
Sweden 1,115 314 **** ****
United Kingdom 38,495 8,846 **** ****
France 6,148 1,118 **** ****
Sum 52,060 12,031 **** ****
Total 548,846 159,407 0.08 218
1 Includes private sector exposures in the countries that are<br> Basel Committee on Banking Supervision member jurisdictions under categories<br> “Credit risk,” “Counterparty credit risk,” “Equity positions in the banking<br> book,” “Settlement risk,” “Securitization exposures in the banking book” and<br> “Amounts below thresholds for deduction” as shown in the “Regulatory<br> exposures and risk-weighted assets” table in section 2 of this report.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

96

Semiannual | The CC2 table below and on the following page provides a reconciliation of the IFRS balance sheet to the balance sheet according to the regulatory scope of consolidation as defined by the BCBS and FINMA. Lines in the balance sheet under the regulatory scope of consolidation are expanded and referenced where relevant to display all components that are used in the “CC1: Composition of regulatory capital” table. Refer to the “Linkage between financial statements and regulatory exposures” section of this report for more information about the most significant entities consolidated under IFRS but not included in the regulatory scope of consolidation. p

Semiannual |

CC2: Reconciliation of<br> accounting balance sheet to balance sheet under the regulatory scope of<br> consolidation
As of 31.12.19 Effect of deconsolidated entities for regulatory consolidation Effect of additional consolidated entities for regulatory consolidation Balance sheet in accordance with regulatory scope of consolidation Ref^1^
million **** ****
Assets **** ****
Cash and balances at central banks 0 107,068
Loans and advances to banks (236) 12,211
Receivables from securities financing transactions 84,245
Cash collateral receivables on derivative instruments 23,289
Loans and advances to customers 56 326,842
Other financial assets measured at amortized cost (438) 22,542
Total financial assets<br> measured at amortized cost (618) **** 576,197 ****
Financial assets at fair value held for trading (27) 127,488
of which: assets pledged as<br> collateral that may be sold or repledged by counterparties **** 41,285
Derivative financial instruments 11 121,852
Brokerage receivables **** 18,007
Financial assets at fair value not held for trading (27,689) 56,255
Total financial assets<br> measured at fair value through profit or loss (27,705) **** 323,602 ****
Financial assets measured at<br> fair value through other comprehensive income 0 **** 6,345 ****
Consolidated participations 96 96
Investments in associates **** 1,051
of which: goodwill **** 178 4
Property, equipment and software (48) 12,756 ****
Goodwill and intangible assets **** 6,469 ****
of which: goodwill **** 6,272 4
of which: intangible assets **** 197 5
Deferred tax assets 0 9,537 ****
of which: deferred tax<br> assets recognized for tax loss carry-forwards **** 5,965 6
of which: deferred tax<br> assets on temporary differences 0 3,572 10
Other non-financial assets (6) 7,850 ****
of which: net defined<br> benefit pension and other post-employment assets 9 8
Total assets (28,281) **** 943,902

All values are in US Dollars.

97

UBS Group AG consolidated

CC2: Reconciliation of accounting balance sheet to balance sheetunder the regulatory scope of consolidation (continued)

As of 31.12.19 Effect of deconsolidated entities for regulatory consolidation Effect of additional consolidated entities for regulatory consolidation Balance sheet in accordance with regulatory scope of consolidation Ref^1^
million **** ****
Liabilities ****
Amounts due to banks **** 6,570
Payables from securities financing transactions **** 7,778
Cash collateral payables on derivative instruments 0 31,415
Customer deposits 7 448,291
Debt issued measured at amortized cost (4) 110,492
of which: amount eligible<br> for high-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital **** 11,931 9
of which: amount eligible<br> for low-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital **** 2,414 9
of which: amount eligible<br> for low-trigger loss-absorbing tier 2 capital **** 6,892 11
of which: amount eligible<br> for capital instruments subject to phase-out from tier 2 capital **** 540 12
Other financial liabilities measured at amortized cost (155) 9,557
Total financial liabilities<br> measured at amortized cost (153) **** 614,103 ****
Financial liabilities at fair value held for trading 0 30,591
Derivative financial instruments 3 120,883
Brokerage payables designated at fair value **** 37,233
Debt issued designated at fair value 13 66,822
Other financial liabilities designated at fair value (28,145) 7,795
Total financial liabilities<br> measured at fair value through profit or loss (28,128) **** 263,324 ****
Provisions 0 2,974
Other non-financial liabilities (2) 8,792
of which: amount eligible<br> for high-trigger loss-absorbing capital (Deferred Contingent Capital Plan<br> (DCCP))2 **** 1,595 9
of which: deferred tax<br> liabilities related to goodwill **** 272 4
of which: deferred tax<br> liabilities related to other intangible assets 2 5
Total liabilities (28,283) **** 889,193 ****
Equity ****
Share capital **** 338 1
Share premium **** 18,064 1
Treasury shares **** (3,326) 3
Retained earnings (14) 34,141 2
Other comprehensive income recognized directly in equity, net of<br> tax 15 5,318 3
of which: unrealized gains /<br> (losses) from cash flow hedges 1,260 7
Equity attributable to<br> shareholders 2 **** 54,534
Equity attributable to non-controlling interests 174
Total equity 2 **** 54,709
Total liabilities and equity (28,281) **** 943,902
1 References link the lines of this table to the respective<br> reference numbers provided in the “References” column in the “CC1:<br> Composition of regulatory capital” table in this section.    2 IFRS carrying<br> amount of total DCCP liabilities was 1,855 million as of 31 December<br> 2019. Refer to the “Compensation” section of our Annual Report 2019 for more<br> information about the DCCP.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

98

Semiannual | The CC1 table below and on the following pages provides the composition of capital in the format prescribed by the BCBS and FINMA, and is based on BCBS Basel III rules, unless stated otherwise. Reference is made to items reconciling to the balance sheet under the regulatory scope of consolidation as disclosed in the “CC2: Reconciliation of accounting balance sheet to balance sheet under the regulatory scope of consolidation” table.

Refer to the documents titled “Capital and total loss-absorbing capacity instruments of UBS Group AG consolidated and UBS AG consolidated and standalone – key features” and “UBS Group AG consolidated capital instruments and TLAC-eligible senior unsecured debt” under “Bondholder information” at www.ubs.com/investors for an overview of the main features of our regulatory capital instruments, as well as the full terms and conditions. p

Semiannual |

CC1: Composition of regulatory<br> capital
As of 31.12.19 Amounts References^1^
million except where<br> indicated **** ****
**** ****
1 18,402 1
2 34,141 2
3 1,992 3
4 **** ****
5 **** ****
6 54,534 ****
**** ****
7 (104) ****
8 (6,178) 4
9 (195) 5
10 (6,121) 6
11 (1,260) 7
12 (495) ****
13 **** ****
14 48 ****
15 (9) 8
16 (1,767) 9
17 **** ****
17a **** ****
17b **** ****
18 **** ****
19 **** ****
20 **** ****
21 (221) 10
22 **** ****
23 **** ****
24 **** ****
25 **** ****
26 **** ****
26a (32) ****
26b (2,620) ****
27 **** ****
28 (18,953) ****
29 35,582 ****

All values are in US Dollars.

99

UBS Group AG consolidated

CC1: Composition of regulatory capital (Continued)
As of 31.12.19 Amounts References^1^
million except where<br> indicated **** ****
**** ****
30 16,317 ****
31 **** ****
32 16,317 ****
33 **** ****
34 **** ****
35 **** ****
36 16,317 ****
**** ****
37 (11) ****
38 **** ****
38a **** ****
38b **** ****
39 **** ****
40 **** ****
41 **** ****
42 **** ****
42a **** ****
43 (11) ****
44 16,306 9
45 51,888 ****
**** ****
46 5,187^5^ 11
47 557 12
48 **** ****
49 **** ****
50 **** ****
51 5,744 ****
**** ****
52 (18) 12
53 **** ****
53a **** ****
53b **** ****
54 **** ****
55 **** ****
56 **** ****
56a **** ****
57 (18) ****
58 5,726 ****
59 57,614 ****
60 259,208 ****

All values are in US Dollars.

100

CC1: Composition of regulatory capital (Continued)
As of 31.12.19 Amounts References^1^
million except where<br> indicated **** ****
**** ****
61 13.73 ****
62 20.02 ****
63 22.23 ****
64 3.58 ****
65 2.50 ****
66 0.08 ****
67 1.00 ****
68 9.23 ****
**** ****
72 1,698 ****
73 904 ****
74 **** ****
75 3,580 ****
**** ****
76 **** ****
77 **** ****
78 **** ****
79 **** ****
**** ****
80 **** ****
81 **** ****
82 **** ****
83 **** ****
84 1,730 ****
85 **** ****
1 References link the lines of this table to the respective<br> reference numbers provided in the “References” column in the “CC2:<br> Reconciliation of accounting balance sheet to balance sheet under the<br> regulatory scope of consolidation” table in this section.    2 IFRS netting<br> for deferred tax assets and liabilities is reversed for items deducted from<br> CET1 capital.    3 Includes 367 million in DCCP-related charge for<br> regulatory capital purposes.    4 Includes an AT1 instrument in the amount of<br> 1.25 billion, the call of which was announced on 10 January 2020 (call<br> date 19 February 2020).    5 Consists of instruments with a IFRS carrying<br> amount of 6.9 billion less amortization of instruments where remaining<br> maturity is more than one year, and 45% of the gross unrealized gains on debt<br> instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, which<br> are measured at the lower of cost or market value for regulatory capital<br> purposes.    6 Consists of own instruments for phase-out tier 2 capital of<br> 17.7 million.    7 BCBS requirements are exceeded by our Swiss SRB requirements.<br> Refer to the “Capital management“ section of our Annual Report 2019 for more<br> information about the Swiss SRB requirements.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

101

UBS Group AG consolidated

Prudent valuation

Annual | The PV1 table below provides a breakdown of prudent valuation adjustments to CET1 capital. These adjustments are incremental to the ones made under IFRS, which include adjustments for liquidity and model uncertainty as well as credit, funding and debit valuation adjustments.

Instruments that are measured as part of a portfolio of combined long and short positions are valued at mid-market levels to ensure consistent valuation of the long and short component risks. A liquidity valuation adjustment is then made to the overall net long or short exposure to move the fair value to bid or offer as appropriate, reflecting current levels of market liquidity.

Uncertainties associated with the use of model-based valuations are incorporated into the measurement of fair value through the use of model reserves. These reserves reflect the amounts that the Group estimates should be deducted from valuations produced directly by models to incorporate uncertainties in the relevant modeling assumptions, in the model and market inputs used, or in the calibration of the model output to adjust for known model deficiencies.

To ensure compliance with the prudent valuation requirements, UBS has established systems, controls and governance around the valuation of positions measured at fair value.

Further details on the valuation adjustments in the financial accounts and related governance are provided in “Note 24 Fair value measurement” on pages 412–414 of our Annual Report 2019, available under ”Annual reporting” at www.ubs.com/investors.

As of 31 December 2019, there have been no significant changes in the prudent valuation adjustments compared with the prior year. p

Annual |

PV1: Prudent valuation<br> adjustments (PVA)
As of 31.12.19
million Equity Interest rates FX Credit Commodities Total Of which: In the trading book Of which: In the banking book
1 (9) (70) 0 (25) 0 (104) (25) (79)
2 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
3 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
4 (9) (70) 0 (25) 0 (104) (25) (79)
5 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
6 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
7 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
8 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
9 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
10 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
11 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
12 (9) (70) 0 (25) 0 (104) (25) (79)
As of 31.12.18
1 (29) (75) 0 (16) 0 (120) (46) (74)
2
3
4 (29) (75) 0 (16) 0 (120) (46) (74)
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12 (29) (75) 0 (16) 0 (120) (46) (74)
1 Valuation adjustments recognized already under the financial<br> accounting standards reflect an estimated total life-to-date loss of 663<br> million as of 31 December 2019 (31 December 2018: 890 million), of<br> which valuation adjustments account for an estimated life-to-date loss of <br> 300 million (31 December 2018: 388 million) for liquidity and of 266<br> million (31 December 2018: 327 million) for model uncertainty. Further<br> details are provided in “Note 24 Fair value measurement” in the “Consolidated<br> financial statements” section of our Annual Report 2019.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

102

Section 12Total loss-absorbing capacity

Resolution group– composition of total loss-absorbing capacity (TLAC)

Semiannual |

The TLAC1 table below is based on Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) phase-in rules, and only applicable for UBS Group AG as the ultimate parent entity of the defined UBS resolution group, to which, in case of resolution, resolution tools (e.g., a bail-in) are expected to be applied.

In the second half of 2019, we issued three high-trigger loss absorbing additional tier 1 (AT1) capital instruments totaling

USD 1.3 billion denominated in Australian dollars, Singapore dollars and Swiss francs, which contributed to the total eligible AT1 instruments of USD 16.3 billion. Non-regulatory capital instruments increased by USD 0.6 billion to USD 30.3 billion as of 31 December 2019, mainly driven by three issuances amounting to USD 1.7 billion denominated in US dollars and Australian dollars, partly offset by a USD 0.9 billion decrease in the eligibility of two total loss-absorbing capacity (TLAC) instruments and foreign currency and other effects of USD 0.2 billion. p

Semiannual |

TLAC1: TLAC composition for<br> G-SIBs (at resolution group level) ****
31.12.19 30.6.19
million, except where<br> indicated **** ****
**** ****
1 35,582 34,948
2 16,306 15,045
3 ****
4 ****
5 16,306 15,045
6 5,726 6,353
7 1,724 1,322
8 ****
9 ****
10 7,450 7,675
11 59,338 57,668
****
12 ****
13 30,322
14 ****
15 **** 29,721
16 ****
17 30,322 29,721
****
18 89,660 87,388
19 ****
20 ****
21 ****
22 89,660 87,388
****
23 259,208 262,135
24 911,325 911,379
****
25 34.59 33.34
26 9.84 9.59
27 9.23 8.83
28 3.58 3.59
29 2.50 2.50
30 0.08 0.09
31 1.00 1.00
1 TLAC instruments issued by UBS Group Funding (Switzerland) AG<br> were transferred to UBS Group AG as the issuer on 11 October 2019.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

103

UBS Group AG consolidated

Resolutionentity – creditor ranking at legal entity level

Semiannual | The TLAC3 table below provides an overview of the creditor ranking structure of the resolution entity, UBS Group AG, on a standalone basis.

UBS Group AG issues loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital instruments and TLAC-eligible senior unsecured debt. In the fourth quarter of 2019, UBS Group AG assumed all outstanding capital and debt instruments that were previously issued by UBS Group Funding (Switzerland) AG.

®     Refer to “Note 1 Corporate information” of thefinancial statements for UBS Group AG standalone as of31 December 2019 for more information about the issuer substitution

UBS Group AG grants Deferred Contingent Capital Plan (DCCP) awards to UBS Group employees. Awards granted since February 2015 qualify as Basel III AT1 capital on a UBS Group consolidated basis and totaled USD 1,962 million as of 31 December 2019 (30 June 2019: USD 2,014 million). The related liabilities of UBS Group AG on a standalone basis of USD 1,583 million (30 June 2019: USD 1,493 million) are not included in the table below, as these do not give rise to a current claim until the awards are legally vested.

As of 31 December 2019, the TLAC available on a UBS Group AG consolidated basis amounted to USD 89,660 million (30 June 2019: USD 87,388 million).

®     Refer to “Bondholder information” at www.ubs.com/investors for moreinformation

®     Refer to the “TLAC1: TLAC composition forG-SIBs (at resolution group level)” table in this section for more informationabout TLAC for UBS Group AG consolidated

The financial statements for UBS Group AG standalone as of 31 December 2019 are provided under “Holding company and significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups” at www.ubs.com/investors. p

Semiannual |

TLAC3 – creditor ranking at<br> legal entity level for the resolution entity, UBS Group AG
As of 31.12.19 Creditor ranking Total
million 1 2 3 ****
1 Common shares<br><br> <br>(most junior)^2^ Additional Tier 1 Bail-in debt and pari passu liabilities (most senior) ****
2 39,452 14,699 34,668 88,818
3 **** **** **** ****
4 39,452 14,699^3^ 34,668^5^ 88,818
5 39,452 14,150 31,603 85,204
6 **** **** 3,000 3,000
7 **** **** 16,276 16,276
8 **** **** 10,616 10,616
9 **** **** 1,711 1,711
10 39,452 14,150^4^ **** 53,602
1 No credit risk mitigation is applied to capital and<br> liabilities for UBS Group AG standalone.    2 Common shares including the<br> associated reserves are equal to equity attributable to shareholders as disclosed<br> in the UBS Group AG standalone financial statements as of 31 December 2019,<br> which were prepared in accordance with the principles of the Swiss Law on<br> Accounting and Financial Reporting (32nd title of the Swiss Code of<br> Obligations).    3 Includes interest expense accrued on AT1 capital<br> instruments which does not qualify as TLAC.    4 Includes an AT1 instrument<br> in the amount of 1.25 billion, the call of which was announced on 10<br> January 2020 (call date 19 February 2020).    5 Includes interest expense<br> accrued on bail-in debt, interest-bearing liabilities which comprise loans<br> from UBS AG and UBS Switzerland AG, negative replacement values as well tax<br> liabilities which are not excluded liabilities under Swiss law that rank pari<br> passu to bail-in debt.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

104

Section 13  Leverage ratio

Basel III leverage ratio

Quarterly | The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the BCBS) leverage ratio is calculated by dividing the period-end tier 1 capital by the period-end leverage ratio denominator (LRD), as summarized in the table below. p

Quarterly |

BCBS Basel III leverage ratio
million, except where<br> indicated
30.9.19 30.6.19 31.3.19 31.12.18
Total tier 1 capital 50,702 49,993 49,436 46,279
BCBS total exposures (leverage ratio denominator) 901,914 911,379 910,993 904,598
BCBS Basel III leverage<br> ratio (%) 5.6 5.5 5.4 5.1

All values are in US Dollars.

p

Quarterly |

The LRD consists of IFRS on-balance sheet assets and off-balance sheet items. Derivative exposures are adjusted for a number of items, including replacement value and eligible cash variation margin netting, the current exposure method add-on and net notional amounts for written credit derivatives. The LRD also includes an additional charge for counterparty credit risk related to securities financing transactions (SFTs).

The “Reconciliation of IFRS total assets to BCBS Basel III total on-balance sheet exposures excluding derivatives and securities financing transactions” table on the next page shows the difference between total IFRS assets per IFRS consolidation scope and the BCBS total on-balance sheet exposures. Those exposures are the starting point for calculating the BCBS LRD as shown in the “LR2: BCBS Basel III leverage ratio common disclosure” table in this section. The difference is due to the application of the regulatory scope of consolidation for the purpose of the BCBS calculation. In addition, carrying amounts for derivative financial instruments and SFTs are deducted from IFRS total assets. They are measured differently under BCBS leverage ratio rules and are therefore added back in separate exposure line items in the LR2 table. p

Difference between the Swiss SRB andBCBS leverage ratio

Quarterly | The LRD is the same under Swiss SRB and BCBS rules. However, there is a difference in the capital numerator between the two frameworks. Under BCBS rules, only common equity tier 1 and additional tier 1 capital are included in the numerator. Under Swiss SRB, we are required to meet going as well as gone concern leverage ratio requirements. Therefore, depending on the requirement, the numerator includes tier 1 capital instruments, tier 2 capital instruments and/or TLAC-eligible senior unsecured debt. p

105

UBS Group AG consolidated

Quarterly |

Reconciliation of IFRS total assets to BCBS Basel III total on-balance sheet exposures excluding derivatives and securities financing transactions
USD million 31.12.19 30.9.19 31.12.18
On-balance sheet exposures **** **** ****
IFRS total assets 972,183 973,118 958,351
Adjustment for investments in banking, financial, insurance or<br> commercial entities that are consolidated for accounting purposes but outside<br> the scope of regulatory consolidation (28,281) (25,850) (22,277)
Adjustment for investments in banking, financial, insurance or<br> commercial entities that are outside the scope of consolidation for<br> accounting purposes but consolidated for regulatory purposes ****
Adjustment for fiduciary assets recognized on the balance sheet<br> pursuant to the operative accounting framework but excluded from the leverage<br> ratio exposure measure ****
Less carrying amount of derivative financial instruments in IFRS<br> total assets^1^ (145,141) (159,917) (149,821)
Less carrying amount of securities financing transactions in<br> IFRS total assets^2^ (108,471) (119,727) (123,154)
Adjustments to accounting values ****
On-balance sheet items excluding derivatives and securities financing transactions, but including collateral 690,291 667,624 663,099
Asset amounts deducted in determining BCBS Basel III tier 1<br> capital (13,284) (15,562) (13,831)
Total on-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives and securities financing transactions) 677,007 652,062 649,268
1 Consists of derivative financial instruments and cash<br> collateral receivables on derivative instruments in accordance with the<br> regulatory scope of consolidation.    2 Consists of receivables from<br> securities financing transactions, margin loans, prime brokerage receivables<br> and financial assets at fair value not held for trading related to securities<br> financing transactions in accordance with the regulatory scope of<br> consolidation.

p

Quarterly |

LR1: BCBS Basel III leverage<br> ratio summary comparison **** **** ****
million 31.12.19 30.9.19 31.12.18
1 972,183 973,118 958,351
2 (41,565) (41,412) (36,108)
3 ****
4 (56,179) (64,266) (54,454)
5 8,984 9,260 7,774
6 27,902 25,214 29,035
7 ****
8 911,325 901,914 904,598
1 Includes assets that are deducted from tier 1 capital.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

106

Quarterly | During the fourth quarter of 2019, LRD increased by USD 9 billion to USD 911 billion. On-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives and SFTs) increased by USD 25 billion, mainly due to currency effects of USD 13 billion as well as higher trading portfolio assets and cash and balances with central banks. Other off-balance sheet exposures increased by USD 3 billion, reflecting guarantees issued in Personal & Corporate Banking. Derivative exposures decreased by USD 7 billion as a result of compression activities and market-driven movements, as well as trade expiries. SFTs decreased by USD 12 billion due to trade roll-offs and lower levels of client demand. p

®     Refer to "Leverage ratio denominator"in the "Capital management" section of our Annual Report 2019,available under "Annual reporting" at www.ubs.com/investors for moreinformation

Quarterly |

LR2: BCBS Basel III leverage<br> ratio common disclosure **** **** ****
million, except where<br> indicated 31.12.19 30.9.19 31.12.18
**** **** ****
1 690,291 667,624 663,099
2 (13,284) (15,562) (13,831)
3 677,007 652,062 649,268
**** **** ****
4 38,253 42,484 43,007
5 81,484 84,565 85,503
6 0 0 0
7 (14,700) (15,236) (13,717)
8 (18,401) (17,895) (21,556)
9 66,707 70,968 76,901
10 (64,382) (69,236) (74,771)
11 88,961 95,651 95,366
**** **** ****
12 200,010 240,069 213,710
13 (91,539) (120,342) (90,555)
14 8,984 9,260 7,774
15 **** 0
16 117,455 128,987 130,928
**** **** ****
17 86,627 81,600 88,075
18 (58,725) (56,386) (59,039)
19 27,902 25,214 29,035
911,325 901,914 904,598
**** **** ****
20 51,888 50,702 46,279
21 911,325 901,914 904,598
**** **** ****
22 5.7 5.6 5.1
1 Includes protection sold, including agency transactions.    2<br> Protection sold can be offset with protection bought on the same underlying<br> reference entity, provided that the conditions according to the Basel III<br> leverage ratio framework and disclosure requirements are met.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

107

UBS Group AG consolidated

Section 14  Liquidity coverage ratio

Liquidity coverage ratio

Quarterly | We monitor the Liquidity coverage ratio (the LCR) in all significant currencies in order to manage any currency mismatch between high-quality liquid assets (HQLA) and the net expected cash outflows in times of stress. p

Pillar 3 disclosure requirement Annual Report 2019 section Disclosure Annual Report 2019 page number
Concentration of funding sources Treasury management – Liabilities by product and currency 166
Currency mismatch in the LCR Treasury management – Liquidity coverage ratio 159

High-quality liquid assets

Quarterly | HQLA must be easily and immediately convertible into cash at little or no loss of value, especially during a period of stress. HQLA are assets that are of low risk and are unencumbered. Other characteristics of HQLA are ease and certainty of valuation, low correlation with risky assets, listing on a developed and recognized exchange, existence of an active and sizable market, and low volatility. Based on these characteristics, HQLA are categorized as Level 1 (primarily central bank reserves and government bonds) or Level 2 (primarily US and European agency bonds as well as non-financial corporate covered bonds). Level 2 assets are subject to regulatory haircuts and caps.p

Quarterly |

High-quality liquid assets
Average 4Q19^1^ Average 3Q19^1^ Average 4Q18^1^
USD billion Level 1<br><br> <br>weighted<br><br> <br>liquidity<br><br> <br>value^2^ Level 2<br><br> <br>weighted<br><br> <br>liquidity<br><br> <br>value^2^ Total<br><br> <br>weighted<br><br> <br>liquidity<br><br> <br>value^2^ Level 1<br><br> <br>weighted<br><br> <br>liquidity<br><br> <br>value^2^ Level 2<br><br> <br>weighted<br><br> <br>liquidity<br><br> <br>value^2^ Total<br><br> <br>weighted<br><br> <br>liquidity<br><br> <br>value^2^ Level 1<br><br> <br>weighted<br><br> <br>liquidity<br><br> <br>value^2^ Level 2<br><br> <br>weighted<br><br> <br>liquidity<br><br> <br>value^2^ Total<br><br> <br>weighted<br><br> <br>liquidity<br><br> <br>value^2^
Cash balances^3^ 100 **** 100 99 99 96 96
Securities 52 14 66 53 16 69 65 12 78
Total high-quality liquid assets^4^ 152 14 166 152 16 168 161 12 173
1 Calculated based on an average of 64 data points in the fourth<br> quarter of 2019, 66 data points in the third quarter of 2019 and 64 data<br> points in the fourth quarter of 2018.    2 Calculated after the application<br> of haircuts.    3 Includes cash and balances at central banks and other<br> eligible balances as prescribed by FINMA.    4 Calculated in accordance with<br> FINMA requirements.

p

108

LCR development during the fourth quarter of 2019

Quarterly | In the fourth quarter of 2019, the UBS Group LCR decreased by 4 percentage points to 134%, remaining above the 110% Group LCR minimum communicated by the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA). The LCR decrease was primarily driven by lower average HQLA balances reflecting higher funding consumption by the business divisions and reductions in issued debt, partly offset by higher deposit balances. Additionally, average net cash outflows increased following a reduction in inflows from secured financing transaction investments, partly offset by higher average inflows from loans. p

Quarterly |

LIQ1: Liquidity coverage ratio **** **** **** **** **** ****
Average 4Q19^1^ Average 3Q19^1^ Average 4Q18^1^
billion, except where<br> indicated Unweighted value Weighted value^2^ Unweighted value Weighted value^2^ Unweighted value Weighted value^2^
High-quality liquid assets
1 169 166 171 168 176 173
Cash outflows
2 243 28 241 28 234 26
3 32 1 31 1 35 1
4 211 27 210 27 199 25
5 190 106 188 106 182 102
6 41 10 41 10 42 10
7 136 83 135 83 129 80
8 13 13 12 12 12 12
9 **** 74 75 76
10 63 22 71 22 76 24
11 32 14 37 15 40 16
12 1 1 0 0 1 1
13 31 7 34 7 35 7
14 14 12 14 12 14 12
15 238 6 238 6 247 5
16 **** 248 **** 249 **** 246
Cash inflows
17 307 81 304 87 295 79
18 65 29 62 28 66 29
19 13 13 12 12 10 10
20 385 123 379 127 370 119
Average 4Q19^1^ Average 3Q19^1^ Average 4Q18^1^
billion, except where<br> indicated **** Total adjusted value^4^ Total adjusted value^4^ Total adjusted value^4^
Liquidity coverage ratio
21 **** 166 168 173
22 **** 124 122 127
23 **** 134 **** 138 **** 136
1 Calculated based on an average of 64 data points in the fourth<br> quarter of 2019, 66 data points in the third quarter of 2019 and 64 data<br> points in the fourth quarter of 2018.    2 Calculated after the application<br> of haircuts and inflow and outflow rates.    3 Includes outflows related to<br> loss of funding on asset-backed securities, covered bonds, other structured<br> financing instruments, asset-backed commercial papers, structured entities<br> (conduits), securities investment vehicles and other such financing<br> facilities.    4 Calculated after the application of haircuts and inflow and<br> outflow rates as well as, where applicable, caps on Level 2 assets and cash<br> inflows.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

109

UBS Group AG consolidated

Liquidity risk management

Annual | The table below presents an overview of risk management disclosures related to risks resulting from liquidity and funding activities that are provided separately in our Annual Report 2019. p

Annual |

LIQA – Liquidity risk management
Pillar 3 disclosure requirement Annual Report 2019 section Disclosure Annual Report 2019 page number
Liquidity risk management including risk tolerance and target /<br> limit setting, monitoring and reporting including policies and practices as well<br> as governance and governance structure Treasury management – Strategy, objectives and governance 156
Funding risk strategy and management: objective, diversification<br> of funding sources, limits and targets approach Treasury management – Liabilities and funding management 164–168
Liquidity risk management and strategy: objective,<br> diversification of liquid assets, limits and targets approach Treasury management – Assets and liquidity management 157–163
Stress testing approach and stress scenario description Treasury management – Stress testing 163
Contingency funding plan Treasury management – Contingency funding plan 163
Asset encumbrance (encumbered, unencumbered and assets that<br> cannot be pledged as collateral);<br><br> <br>unencumbered assets by currency, limitations on the<br> transferability of liquidity Treasury management – Asset encumbrance<br><br> <br>Unencumbered assets available to secure funding on a Group<br> and/or legal entity level by currency<br><br> <br>Trapped liquidity at Group level (High-quality liquid assets<br> paragraph) 160–163<br><br> <br><br><br> <br><br><br> <br>158
Maturity of assets and liabilities to provide a view on the<br> balance sheet and off-balance sheet structure Treasury management – Maturity analysis of assets and liabilities 168–169

p

110

Section 15  Remuneration

Annual | Pillar 3 disclosures on remuneration are separately provided on pages 218 and 236–282 in our Annual Report 2019, available under “Annual reporting” at www.ubs.com/investors.  p

111

UBS Group AG consolidated

Section 16  Requirements for global systemically important banks andrelated indicators

Annual | The Financial Stability Board (the FSB) determined that UBS is a global systemically important bank (G-SIB), using an indicator-based methodology adopted by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the BCBS). Banks that qualify as G-SIBs are required to disclose the 12 indicators for assessing the systemic importance of G-SIBs as defined by the BCBS. These indicators are used for the G-SIB score calculation and cover five categories: size, cross-jurisdictional activity, interconnectedness, substitutability / financial institution infrastructure, and complexity.

Based on the published indicators, G-SIBs are subject to additional CET1 capital buffer requirements in a range from 1.0% to 3.5%. In November 2019, the FSB determined that the requirement for UBS continues to be 1.0%. As our Swiss SRB Basel III capital requirements exceed the BCBS requirements including the G-SIB buffer, we are not affected by these additional G-SIB requirements.

In July 2018, the BCBS published a revised assessment methodology and higher loss absorbency requirements. These will come into effect in 2021, with the corresponding surcharge applied as of January 2023. We do not expect these changes to result in an increase of our additional CET1 capital buffer requirement.

We provide our G-SIB indicators as of 31 December 2018 under “Pillar 3 disclosures” at www.ubs.com/investors. Our G-SIB indicators as of 31 December 2019 will be published in July 2020 under “Pillar 3 disclosures” at www.ubs.com/investors. p

112

Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups

Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups

Section 1 Introduction

The sections below include capital and other regulatory information as of 31 December 2019 for UBS AG standalone, UBS Switzerland AG standalone, UBS Europe SE consolidated and UBS Americas Holding LLC consolidated.

Capital information in this section is based on Pillar 1 capital requirements. Entities may be subject to significant additional Pillar 2 requirements, which represent additional amounts of capital considered necessary and agreed with regulators based on the risk profile of the entities.

Section 2  UBS AGstandalone

Key metrics of the fourth quarter of 2019

Quarterly | The table below is based on the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) Basel III rules. During the fourth quarter of 2019, common equity tier 1 (CET1) capital decreased by USD 0.9 billion to USD 49.5 billion, mainly due to accruals for capital returns, partly offset by operating profit. Tier 1 capital decreased by USD 0.7 billion to USD 63.9 billion as the aforementioned decrease in CET1 was partly offset by an additional USD 0.3 billion of high-trigger loss-absorbing AT1 capital instruments. Risk-weighted assets (RWA) decreased by

USD 9.2 billion to USD 288.0 during the fourth quarter of 2019, primarily driven by decreases in credit and counterparty credit risk RWA related to third parties and Group entities. Leverage ratio exposure decreased by USD 21 billion, mainly due to a decrease in on-balance sheet exposures from securities financing transactions and derivatives. Average high-quality liquid assets decreased by USD 2.5 billion driven by lower average cash balances reflecting higher funding consumption by the business divisions and decreases in issued debt. Average total net cash outflows decreased by USD 1.6 billion, reflecting lower average outflows from intercompany transactions. p

Quarterly |

KM1: Key metrics **** **** **** **** ****
million, except where<br> indicated
31.12.19 30.9.19 30.6.19 31.3.19 31.12.18
Available capital (amounts)
1 49,521 50,458 51,261 49,024 49,411
1a 49,518 50,456 51,258 49,021 49,411
2 63,893 64,545 64,315 61,839 59,595
2a 63,891 64,543 64,312 61,836 59,595
3 69,576 70,194 70,612 68,542 66,295
3a 69,574 70,191 70,609 68,539 66,295
Risk-weighted assets<br> (amounts) ****
4 287,999 297,200 294,348 300,734 292,888
4a 23,040 23,776 23,548 24,059 23,431
4b 287,999 297,200 294,348 300,734 292,888
Risk-based capital ratios as<br> a percentage of RWA ****
5 17.19 16.98 17.41 16.30 16.87
5a 17.19 16.98 17.41 16.30 16.87
6 22.19 21.72 21.85 20.56 20.35
6a 22.18 21.72 21.85 20.56 20.35
7 24.16 23.62 23.99 22.79 22.63
7a 24.16 23.62 23.99 22.79 22.63
Additional CET1 buffer<br> requirements as a percentage of RWA ****
8 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 1.88
9 0.07 0.08 0.08 0.09 0.07
9a 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
10 ****
11 2.57 2.58 2.58 2.59 1.95
12 12.69 12.48 12.91 11.80 12.37
Basel III leverage ratio ****
13 589,127 609,656 618,704 617,329 601,013
14 10.85 10.59 10.40 10.02 9.92
14a 10.84 10.59 10.39 10.02 9.92
Liquidity coverage ratio4 ****
15 73,805 76,330 82,201 86,690 76,456
16 53,960 55,607 56,626 51,434 55,032
17 137 137 145 169 139
1 The fully loaded ECL accounting model excludes the<br> transitional relief of recognizing ECL allowances and provisions in CET1<br> capital in accordance with FINMA Circular 2013/1 “Eligible capital –<br> banks.”    2 Calculated as 8% of total RWA, based on total capital minimum<br> requirements, excluding CET1 buffer requirements.    3 Swiss SRB going<br> concern requirements and information for UBS AG standalone is provided on the<br> following pages in this section.    4 Calculated based on quarterly average.<br> Refer to “Liquidity coverage ratio” in this section for more information.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

114

Swiss SRB going concern requirements and information

UBS AG standalone is considered a systemically relevant bank (SRB) under Swiss banking law and is subject to capital regulations on a standalone basis. Under Swiss SRB regulations, article 125 “Reliefs for financial groups and individual institutions” of the Capital Adequacy Ordinance stipulates that the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA) may grant, under certain conditions, capital relief to individual institutions to ensure that an individual institution’s compliance with the capital requirements does not lead to a de facto overcapitalization of the group of which it is a part.

FINMA granted relief concerning the regulatory capital requirements of UBS AG on a standalone basis by means of decrees issued on 20 December 2013 and 20 October 2017, the latter effective as of 1 July 2017 and partly replacing the former.

The FINMA decree issued in 2017 established the measure of total going concern capital for UBS AG. Common equity tier 1 (CET1) and high-trigger additional tier 1 capital instruments are eligible as going concern capital, and low-trigger tier 2 capital instruments remained eligible to meet high-trigger AT1 requirements until the earlier of

(i) their maturity or the first call date or (ii) 31 December 2019.

Capital requirements based on RWA and the leverage ratio denominator (the LRD) are the same under both the phase-in and fully applied rules. The capital requirements based on RWA include a minimum CET1 capital requirement of 9.64% plus the effects from countercyclical buffers (CCyBs), and a total going concern capital requirement of 13.94% plus the effects from CCyBs. The capital requirements based on LRD include a minimum CET1 capital requirement of 3.375% and a total going concern leverage ratio requirement of 4.875%. For direct and indirect investments, including holding of regulatory capital instruments of UBS AG in subsidiaries that are active in banking and finance, the FINMA decree introduced a risk-weighting approach, with a phase-in period until 1 January 2028. Starting from 1 July 2017, these investments have been risk weighted at 200%. From 1 January 2019, the risk weights are being gradually raised 5 percentage points per year for Switzerland-domiciled investments and 20 percentage points per year for foreign-domiciled investments until the fully applied risk weights are 250% and 400%, respectively.

®     Refer to the “Introductionand basis of preparation” section of this report for more information about therevised gone concern requirements

Quarterly |

Swiss SRB going concern requirements and information
Swiss SRB, including transitional arrangements Swiss SRB as of 1.1.20, after transition arrangements
As of 31.12.19 RWA LRD RWA LRD
USD million, except where indicated in %^1^ **** in %^1^ **** in % **** in % ****
Required going concern capital **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
Total going concern capital 14.01^2^ 40,353 4.88^2^ 28,720 14.01^2^ 52,453 4.88^2^ 28,720
Common equity tier 1 capital 9.71 27,970 3.38 19,883 9.71 36,356 3.38 19,883
of which: minimum capital 4.50 12,960 1.50 8,837 4.50 16,846 1.50 8,837
of which: buffer capital 5.14 14,803 1.88 11,046 5.14 19,242 1.88 11,046
of which: countercyclical buffer 0.07 206 0.07 268
Maximum additional tier 1 capital 4.30 12,384 1.50 8,837 4.30 16,097 1.50 8,837
of which: additional tier 1 capital 3.50 10,080 1.50 8,837 3.50 13,102 1.50 8,837
of which: additional tier 1 buffer capital 0.80 2,304 0.80 2,995
Eligible going concern capital **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
Total going concern capital 23.14 66,632 11.31 66,632 16.42 61,479 10.44 61,479
Common equity tier 1 capital 17.19 49,521 8.41 49,521 13.23 49,521 8.41 49,521
Total loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital^3^ 5.94 17,111 2.90 17,111 3.19 11,958 2.03 11,958
of which: high-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital 4.15 11,958 2.03 11,958 3.19 11,958 2.03 11,958
of which: low-trigger loss-absorbing tier 2 capital 1.79 5,153 0.87 5,153
Total loss-absorbing capacity
Required total loss-absorbing capacity 14.01 40,353 4.88 28,720 14.01 40,353 4.88 28,720
Eligible total loss-absorbing capacity 23.14 66,632 11.31 66,632 16.42 61,479 10.44 61,479
1 Requirements as stipulated by FINMA decree. These exceed the<br> requirements according to the transitional arrangements of the Swiss Capital<br> Adequacy Ordinance (the CAO), which require a minimum total going concern<br> capital ratio of 13.4% plus the effect of the countercyclical buffer (CCyB)<br> of 0.07%, of which 9.5% plus the effect of CCyB of 0.07% must be satisfied<br> with CET1 capital, as well as a minimum total going concern leverage ratio of<br> 4.5%, of which 3.2% must be satisfied with CET1 capital. As of 1 January<br> 2020, the capital requirements as per the revised CAO will apply.    2<br> Includes applicable add-ons of 1.08% for RWA and 0.375% for LRD.    3 Includes<br> outstanding low-trigger loss-absorbing tier 2 capital instruments, which<br> are available under the transitional rules of the Swiss SRB framework to meet<br> the going concern requirements until the earlier of (i) their maturity or<br> first call date or (ii) 31 December 2019. Outstanding<br> low-trigger loss-absorbing tier 2 capital instruments are subject to<br> amortization starting five years prior to their maturity.

p

115

Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups

Quarterly |

Swiss SRB going concern<br> information ****
Swiss SRB as of 1.1.20, after transition arrangements
million, except where<br> indicated 30.9.19 31.12.18 31.12.19 30.9.19 31.12.18
Eligible going concern<br> capital **** **** **** **** ****
Total going concern capital 67,267 63,225 61,479 62,142 57,217
Total tier 1 capital 62,142 57,217 61,479 62,142 57,217
Common equity tier 1 capital 50,458 49,411 49,521 50,458 49,411
Total loss-absorbing<br> additional tier 1 capital 11,684 7,805 11,958 11,684 7,805
of which: high-trigger<br> loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital 11,684 7,805 11,958 11,684 7,805
Total tier 2 capital 5,125 6,008 ****
of which: low-trigger<br> loss-absorbing tier 2 capital1 5,125 6,008 ****
Risk-weighted assets /<br> leverage ratio denominator **** **** **** **** ****
Risk-weighted assets 297,200 292,888 374,351 382,770 383,578
of which: direct and<br> indirect investments in Swiss-domiciled subsidiaries2 32,803 31,711 41,973 40,004 39,639
of which: direct and<br> indirect investments in foreign-domiciled subsidiaries2 95,784 82,762 175,104 174,153 165,525
Leverage ratio denominator 609,656 601,013 589,127 609,656 601,013
Capital and loss-absorbing<br> capacity ratios (%) **** **** **** **** ****
Going concern capital ratio 22.6 21.6 16.4 16.2 14.9
of which: common equity tier<br> 1 capital ratio 17.0 16.9 13.2 13.2 12.9
Leverage ratios (%) **** **** **** **** ****
Going concern leverage ratio 11.0 10.5 10.4 10.2 9.5
of which: common equity tier<br> 1 leverage ratio 8.3 8.2 8.4 8.3 8.2
1 Outstanding low-trigger loss-absorbing tier 2 capital<br> instruments qualify as going concern capital until the earlier of (i) their<br> maturity or first call date or (ii) 31 December 2019, and are subject to<br> amortization starting five years prior to their maturity.    2 Carrying<br> amount for direct and indirect investments including holding of regulatory<br> capital instruments in Swiss-domiciled subsidiaries<br> (31 December 2019: 16,789 million; 31 December 2018: 15,856<br> million), and for direct and indirect investments including holding of<br> regulatory capital instruments in foreign-domiciled subsidiaries<br> (31 December 2019:  43,776 million; 31 December 2018:<br>  41,381 million), is risk weighted at 205% and 220%, respectively,<br> for the current year (31 December 2018: the applicable risk weight was 200%<br> for both Swiss-domiciled and foreign-domiciled investments). Risk weights<br> will gradually increase by 5 percentage points per year for Swiss-domiciled<br> investments and 20 percentage points per year for foreign-domiciled investments<br> until the fully applied risk weights of 250% and 400%, respectively, are<br> applied.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

Reconciliation of Swiss banking law equity to Swiss SRB common equity tier 1 capital
USD billion 31.12.19 31.12.18
Equity – Swiss banking law^1^ 51.7 51.1
Deferred tax assets 0.2 0.5
Valuation differences for investments in subsidiaries 1.7 1.6
Accruals for proposed dividends to UBS Group AG (3.9) (3.3)
Other (0.2) (0.5)
Common equity tier 1 capital 49.5 49.4
1 Equity under Swiss banking law is adjusted to derive equity in<br> accordance with IFRS and then further adjusted to derive common equity tier 1<br> (CET1) capital in accordance with Swiss SRB requirements.

116

Leverage ratioinformation

Quarterly |

Swiss SRB leverage ratio denominator
USD billion 31.12.19 31.12.18
Leverage ratio denominator
Swiss GAAP total assets 478.9 480.0
Difference between Swiss GAAP and IFRS total assets 122.3 118.6
Less: derivative exposures and SFTs^1^ (220.4) (236.7)
On-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivative exposures and SFTs) 380.8 361.9
Derivative exposures 94.8 99.3
Securities financing transactions 92.6 114.2
Off-balance sheet items 21.7 26.1
Items deducted from Swiss SRB tier 1 capital (0.8) (0.5)
Total exposures (leverage ratio denominator) 589.1 601.0
1 Consists of derivative financial instruments, cash collateral<br> receivables on derivative instruments, receivables from securities financing<br> transactions, and margin loans, as well as prime brokerage receivables and<br> financial assets at fair value not held for trading, both related to<br> securities financing transactions, in accordance with the regulatory scope of<br> consolidation, which are presented separately under Derivative exposures and<br> Securities financing transactions in this table.

p

Quarterly |

BCBS Basel III leverage ratio
USD million, except where indicated 31.12.19 30.9.19 30.6.19 31.3.19 31.12.18
Total tier 1 capital 63,893 64,545 64,315 61,839 59,595
Total exposures (leverage ratio denominator) 589,127 609,656 618,704 617,329 601,013
BCBS Basel III leverage ratio (%) 10.8 10.6 10.4 10.0 9.9

p

Liquidity coverage ratio

Quarterly | UBS AG is required to maintain a minimum liquidity coverage ratio of 105% as communicated by FINMA. p

Quarterly |

Liquidity coverage ratio
Weighted value^1^
USD billion, except where indicated Average 4Q19^2^ Average 4Q18^2^
High-quality liquid assets 74 76
Total net cash outflows 54 55
of which: cash outflows 160 169
of which: cash inflows 106 114
Liquidity coverage ratio (%) 137 139
1 Calculated after the application of haircuts and inflow and<br> outflow rates.    2 Calculated based on an average of 64 data points in the<br> fourth quarter of 2019 and 64 data points in the fourth quarter of 2018.

p

117

Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups

Section 3  UBS Switzerland AG standalone

Keymetrics of the fourth quarter of 2019

Quarterly | The table below is based on the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the BCBS) Basel III rules.

During the fourth quarter of 2019, common equity tier 1 (CET1) capital remained stable. Risk-weighted assets (RWA) increased by CHF 1.7 billion to CHF 99.7 billion, primarily due to an increase in the Basel I RWA floor. Leverage ratio exposure decreased by CHF 7 billion, mainly due to a decrease of on-balance sheet exposures from securities financing transactions.

Average high-quality liquid assets increased by CHF 2.3 billion as a result of greater average cash balances, reflecting a reduction in secured financing transactions, partly offset by decreased customer deposits. Average total net cash outflows increased by CHF 2.3 billion, reflecting greater average outflows from intercompany transactions. p

Quarterly |

KM1: Key metrics **** **** **** **** ****
CHF million, except where indicated
**** **** 31.12.19 30.9.19 30.6.19 31.3.19 31.12.18
Available capital (amounts)
1 Common equity tier 1 (CET1) 10,895 10,875 10,654 10,463 10,225
1a Fully loaded ECL accounting model CET1^1^ 10,890 10,871 10,649 10,457 10,225
2 Tier 1 15,606 15,124 14,894 14,712 14,468
2a Fully loaded ECL accounting model tier 1^1^ 15,601 15,120 14,889 14,706 14,468
3 Total capital 15,606 15,124 14,894 14,712 14,468
3a Fully loaded ECL accounting model total capital^1^ 15,601 15,120 14,889 14,706 14,468
Risk-weighted assets (amounts) ****
4 Total risk-weighted assets (RWA) 99,667 97,927 96,640 96,067 95,646
4a Minimum capital requirement^2^ 7,973 7,834 7,731 7,685 7,652
4b Total risk-weighted assets (pre-floor) 89,234 90,338 91,013 90,068 91,457
Risk-based capital ratios as a percentage of RWA ****
5 Common equity tier 1 ratio (%) 10.93 11.10 11.02 10.89 10.69
5a Fully loaded ECL accounting model CET1 ratio (%)^1^ 10.93 11.10 11.02 10.89 10.69
6 Tier 1 ratio (%) 15.66 15.44 15.41 15.31 15.13
6a Fully loaded ECL accounting model tier 1 ratio (%)^1^ 15.65 15.44 15.41 15.31 15.13
7 Total capital ratio (%) 15.66 15.44 15.41 15.31 15.13
7a Fully loaded ECL accounting model total capital ratio (%)^1^ 15.65 15.44 15.41 15.31 15.13
Additional CET1 buffer requirements as a percentage of RWA^3^ ****
8 Capital conservation buffer requirement (2.5% from 2019) (%) 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 1.88
9 Countercyclical buffer requirement (%) 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
9a Additional countercyclical buffer for Swiss mortgage loans (%) 0.57 0.57 0.57 0.58 0.56
10 Bank G-SIB and/or D-SIB additional requirements (%)^4^ ****
11 Total of bank CET1-specific buffer requirements (%) 2.51 2.51 2.51 2.51 1.88
12 CET1 available after meeting the bank’s minimum capital<br> requirements (%) 6.43 6.60 6.52 6.39 6.19
Basel III leverage ratio ****
13 Total Basel III leverage ratio exposure measure 302,304 309,750 311,212 310,545 306,487
14 Basel III leverage ratio (%) 5.16 4.88 4.79 4.74 4.72
14a Fully loaded ECL accounting model Basel III leverage ratio (%)^1^ 5.16 4.88 4.78 4.74 4.72
Liquidity coverage ratio^5^ ****
15 Total HQLA 67,105 64,835 67,160 71,392 67,427
16 Total net cash outflow 51,561 49,242 48,761 51,945 52,846
17 LCR (%) 130 132 138 137 128
1 The fully loaded ECL accounting model excludes the<br> transitional relief of recognizing ECL allowances and provisions in CET1<br> capital in accordance with FINMA Circular 2013/1 “Eligible capital –<br> banks.”    2 Calculated as 8% of total RWA, based on total capital<br> minimum requirements, excluding CET1 buffer requirements.    3 As Annex 8 of<br> the Swiss Capital Adequacy Ordinance (the CAO) does not apply to the<br> systemically relevant banks, we can abstain from disclosing the information<br> required in lines 12a–12e. We nevertheless provides information about the<br> Swiss sector-specific countercyclical buffer in row 9a pursuant to Art. 44<br> CAO.    4 Swiss SRB going concern requirements and information for UBS<br> Switzerland AG are provided on the next page.    5 Calculated based on<br> quarterly average. Refer to “Liquidity coverage ratio” in this section for<br> more information.

p

118

Swiss SRB going and gone concern requirements and information

Quarterly | UBS Switzerland AG is considered a systemically relevant bank (SRB) under Swiss banking law and is subject to capital regulations on a standalone basis. As of 31 December 2019, the transitional going concern capital and leverage ratio requirements for UBS Switzerland AG standalone were 13.98%, including a countercyclical buffer of 0.58%, and 4.5%, respectively. The gone concern requirements under transitional arrangements were 9.51% for the RWA-based requirement and 3.27% for the LRD-based requirement. p

The Swiss SRB framework and requirements applicable to UBS Switzerland AG standalone are consistent with those applicable to UBS Group AG consolidated and are described

in the “Capital management” section of our Annual Report 2019, available under “Annual reporting” at www.ubs.com/investors.

®     Refer to “Regulatory framework” in the “CapitalManagement” section of our Annual Report 2019 for more information aboutloss-absorbing capacity, leverage ratio requirements and gone concern rebate

®     Refer to “Additional information” in the“Capital Management” section of our Annual Report 2019 for more informationabout the joint liability of UBS AG and UBS Switzerland AG

Quarterly |

Swiss SRB going and gone concern requirements and information
Swiss SRB, including transitional arrangements Swiss SRB as of 1.1.20
As of 31.12.19 RWA LRD RWA LRD
CHF million, except where indicated in %^1^ **** in % **** in % **** in % ****
Required going concern capital **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
Total going concern capital 13.98 13,937 4.50 13,604 14.52^2^ 14,475 4.88^2^ 14,737
Common equity tier 1 capital 10.08 10,050 3.20 9,674 10.22 10,189 3.38 10,203
of which: minimum capital 4.90 4,884 1.70 5,139 4.50 4,485 1.50 4,535
of which: buffer capital 4.60 4,585 1.50 4,535 5.14 5,123 1.88 5,668
of which: countercyclical buffer 0.58 582 0.58 582
Maximum additional tier 1 capital 3.90 3,887 1.30 3,930 4.30 4,286 1.50 4,535
of which: additional tier 1 capital 3.10 3,090 1.30 3,930 3.50 3,488 1.50 4,535
of which: additional tier 1 buffer capital 0.80 797 0.80 797
Eligible going concern capital **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
Total going concern capital 15.66 15,606 5.16 15,606 15.66 15,606 5.16 15,606
Common equity tier 1 capital 10.93 10,895 3.60 10,895 10.93 10,895 3.60 10,895
Total loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital 4.73 4,711 1.56 4,711 4.73 4,711 1.56 4,711
of which: high-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital 4.73 4,711 1.56 4,711 4.73 4,711 1.56 4,711
Required gone concern capital **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
Total gone concern loss-absorbing capacity 9.51 9,483 3.27 9,882 8.64 8,614 3.02 9,137
of which: base requirement 10.52 10,485 3.63 10,959 12.86 12,817 4.50 13,604
of which: additional requirement for market share and LRD 0.81 807 0.28 850 1.08 1,076 0.38 1,134
of which: applicable reduction on requirements^3^ (1.82) (1,810) (0.64) (1,927) (5.30) (5,280) (1.85) (5,600)
Eligible gone concern capital **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
Total gone concern loss-absorbing capacity 10.95 10,915 3.61 10,915 10.95 10,915 3.61 10,915
TLAC-eligible debt 10.95 10,915 3.61 10,915 10.95 10,915 3.61 10,915
Total loss-absorbing capacity **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
Required total loss-absorbing capacity 23.50 23,420 7.77 23,485 23.17 23,089 7.90 23,874
Eligible total loss-absorbing capacity 26.61 26,521 8.77 26,521 26.61 26,521 8.77 26,521
1 The total loss-absorbing capacity ratio requirement of 23.50%<br> is the current requirement based on the transitional rules of the Swiss<br> Capital Adequacy Ordinance including the rebate on the gone concern<br> requirements. In addition, FINMA has defined a total capital ratio<br> requirement, which is the sum of 14.4% and the effect of countercyclical<br> buffer (CCyB) requirements of 0.58%, of which 10% plus the effect of CCyB<br> requirements must be satisfied with CET1 capital.    2 Includes applicable<br> add-ons of 1.08% for RWA and 0.375% for LRD.    3 The rebate granted for Swiss<br> SRBs including transitional arrangements was 42.5% of the maximum rebate,<br> whereas the rebate granted for Swiss SRBs as of 1 January 2020 is 38% of UBS<br> Group AG’s gone concern requirement before applicable reductions.

p

119

Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups

Swiss SRBloss-absorbing capacity

Quarterly |

Swiss SRB going and gone concern information^1^
CHF million, except where indicated 31.12.19 30.9.19 31.12.18
Eligible going concern capital **** **** ****
Total going concern capital 15,606 15,124 14,468
Total tier 1 capital 15,606 15,124 14,468
Common equity tier 1 capital 10,895 10,875 10,225
of which: high-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital 4,711 4,249 4,243
Eligible gone concern capital **** **** ****
Total gone concern loss-absorbing capacity 10,915 10,948 10,932
TLAC-eligible debt 10,915 10,948 10,932
Total loss-absorbing capacity **** **** ****
Total loss-absorbing capacity 26,521 26,072 25,400
Risk-weighted assets / leverage ratio denominator **** **** ****
Risk-weighted assets 99,667 97,927 95,646
Leverage ratio denominator 302,304 309,750 306,487
Capital and loss-absorbing capacity ratios (%) **** **** ****
Going concern capital ratio 15.7 15.4 15.1
of which: common equity tier 1 capital ratio 10.9 11.1 10.7
Gone concern loss-absorbing capacity ratio 11.0 11.2 11.4
Total loss-absorbing capacity ratio 26.6 26.6 26.6
Leverage ratios (%) **** **** ****
Going concern leverage ratio 5.2 4.9 4.7
of which: common equity tier 1 leverage ratio 3.6 3.5 3.3
Gone concern leverage ratio 3.6 3.5 3.6
Total loss-absorbing capacity leverage ratio 8.8 8.4 8.3
1 The numbers disclosed in the table are identical for Swiss SRB<br> (including transitional arrangement) requirements and Swiss SRB requirements<br> applicable as of 1 January 2020.

p

Reconciliation of Swiss banking law equity to Swiss SRB common equity tier 1 capital
CHF billion 31.12.19 31.12.18
Equity – Swiss banking law^1^ 12.7 13.8
Deferred tax assets 0.1 0.2
Goodwill and intangible assets (0.3) (1.3)
Accruals for proposed dividends to shareholders (1.3) (2.2)
Other (0.3) (0.3)
Common equity tier 1 capital 10.9 10.2
1 Equity under Swiss banking law is adjusted to derive equity in<br> accordance with IFRS and then further adjusted to derive common equity tier 1<br> (CET1) capital in accordance with Swiss SRB requirements.

120

Leverage ratio information

Quarterly |

Swiss SRB leverage ratio denominator
CHF billion 31.12.19 31.12.18
Leverage ratio denominator
Swiss GAAP total assets 285.0 293.0
Difference between Swiss GAAP and IFRS total assets 3.6 1.8
Less: derivative exposures and SFTs^1^ (17.3) (32.5)
On-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivative exposures and SFTs) 271.3 262.3
Derivative exposures 4.4 3.7
Securities financing transactions 12.7 28.5
Off-balance sheet items 14.2 12.4
Items deducted from Swiss SRB tier 1 capital (0.3) (0.5)
Total exposures (leverage ratio denominator) 302.3 306.5
1 Consists of derivative financial instruments, cash collateral<br> receivables on derivative instruments, receivables from securities financing<br> transactions, and margin loans as well as prime brokerage receivables and<br> financial assets at fair value not held for trading, both related to<br> securities financing transactions, in accordance with the regulatory scope of<br> consolidation, which are presented separately under Derivative exposures and<br> Securities financing transactions in this table.

p

Quarterly |

BCBS Basel III leverage ratio
CHF million, except where indicated 31.12.19 30.9.19 30.6.19 31.3.19 31.12.18
Total tier 1 capital 15,606 15,124 14,894 14,712 14,468
Total exposures (leverage ratio denominator) 302,304 309,750 311,212 310,545 306,487
BCBS Basel III leverage ratio (%) 5.2 4.9 4.8 4.7 4.7

p

Liquidity coverage ratio

Quarterly | UBS Switzerland AG, as a Swiss SRB, is required to maintain a minimum liquidity coverage ratio of 100%.p

Quarterly |

Liquidity coverage ratio **** ****
Weighted value^1^
CHF billion, except where indicated Average 4Q19^2^ Average 4Q18^2^
High-quality liquid assets 67 67
Total net cash outflows 52 53
of which: cash outflows 84 86
of which: cash inflows 33 34
Liquidity coverage ratio (%) 130 128
1 Calculated after the application of haircuts and inflow and<br> outflow rates.    2 Calculated based on an average of 64 data points in the<br> fourth quarter of 2019 and 64 data points in the fourth quarter of 2018.

p

121

Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups

Capitalinstruments

Quarterly |

Capital instruments of UBS Switzerland AG – key features **** **** ****
Presented according to issuance date.
**** **** Share capital Additional tier 1 capital ****
1 Issuer UBS Switzerland AG, Switzerland UBS Switzerland AG, Switzerland UBS Switzerland AG, Switzerland UBS Switzerland AG, Switzerland UBS Switzerland AG, Switzerland UBS Switzerland AG, Switzerland UBS Switzerland AG, Switzerland
1a Instrument number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2 Unique identifier (e.g., CUSIP, ISIN or Bloomberg identifier for<br> private placement) - -
3 Governing law(s) of the instrument Swiss Swiss
3a Means by which enforceability requirement of Section 13 of the<br> TLAC Term Sheet is achieved (for other TLAC-eligible instruments governed by<br> foreign law) n/a n/a
Regulatory treatment
4 Transitional Basel III rules^1^ CET1 – Going concern capital Additional tier 1 capital
5 Post-transitional Basel III rules^2^ CET1 – Going concern capital Additional tier 1 capital
6 Eligible at solo / group / group and solo UBS Switzerland AG consolidated and standalone UBS Switzerland AG consolidated and standalone
7 Instrument type (types to be specified by each jurisdiction) Ordinary shares Loan^4^
8 Amount recognized in regulatory capital (currency in millions,<br> as of most recent reporting date)^1^ CHF 10.0 CHF 1,500 CHF 500 CHF 1,000 CHF 825 USD 425 CHF 475
9 Par value of instrument CHF 10.0 CHF 1,500 CHF 500 CHF 1,000 CHF 825 USD 425 CHF 475
10 Accounting classification^3^ Equity attributable to UBS Switzerland AG shareholders Due to banks held at amortized cost
11 Original date of issuance – 1 April 2015 11 March 2016 18 December 2017 12 December 2018 12 December 2018 11 December 2019
12 Perpetual or dated – Perpetual
13 Original maturity date – –
14 Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval – Yes
15 Optional call date, contingent call dates and redemption amount – First optional repayment date:<br><br> <br>1 April 2020 First optional repayment date:<br><br> <br>11 March 2021 First optional repayment date:<br><br> <br>18 December 2022 First optional repayment date:<br><br> <br>12 December 2023 First optional repayment date:<br><br> <br>12 December 2023 First optional repayment date:<br><br> <br>11 December 2024
Repayable at any time after the first optional repayment date.<br><br> <br>Repayment subject to FINMA approval. Optional repayment amount:<br> principal amount, together with any accrued and unpaid interest thereon
16 Subsequent call dates, if applicable – Early repayment possible due to a tax or regulatory event.<br> Repayment due to tax event subject to FINMA approval.<br><br> <br>Repayment amount: principal amount, together with accrued and<br> unpaid interest

p

122

Quarterly |

Capital instruments of UBS Switzerland AG – key features (continued) **** **** ****
Coupons
17 Fixed or floating dividend / coupon – Floating
18 Coupon rate and any related index – 6-month CHF Libor +<br><br> <br>370 bps per annum<br><br> <br>semiannually 3-month CHF Libor<br><br> <br>+<br><br> <br>459 bps per annum<br><br> <br>quarterly 3-month CHF Libor +<br><br> <br>250 bps per annum<br><br> <br>quarterly 3-month CHF Libor<br><br> <br>+<br><br> <br>489 bps per annum<br><br> <br>quarterly 3-month USD Libor<br><br> <br>+<br><br> <br>547 bps per annum<br><br> <br>quarterly 3-month CHF Libor<br><br> <br>+<br><br> <br>433 bps per annum<br><br> <br>quarterly
19 Existence of a dividend stopper – No
20 Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory Fully discretionary Fully discretionary
21 Existence of step-up or other incentive to redeem – No
22 Non-cumulative or cumulative Non-cumulative Non-cumulative
23 Convertible or non-convertible – Non-convertible
24 If convertible, conversion trigger(s) – –
25 If convertible, fully or partially – –
26 If convertible, conversion rate – –
27 If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion – –
28 If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into – –
29 If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into – –
30 Write-down feature – Yes
31 If write-down, write-down trigger(s) – Trigger: CET1 ratio is less than 7%
FINMA determines a write-down necessary to ensure UBS<br> Switzerland AG’s viability; or UBS Switzerland AG receives a commitment of<br> governmental support that FINMA determines necessary to ensure UBS<br> Switzerland AG‘s viability.<br><br> <br>Subject to applicable conditions
32 If write-down, fully or partially – Fully
33 If write-down, permanent or temporary – Permanent
34 If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism – –
34a Type of subordination Statutory Contractual
35 Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation (specify<br> instrument type immediately<br><br> <br>senior to instrument in the insolvency creditor hierarchy of the<br> legal entity concerned). Unless otherwise stated in the articles of association, once<br> debts are paid back, the assets of the liquidated company are divided between<br> the shareholders pro rata based on their contributions and considering the<br> preferences attached to certain categories of shares (Art. 745, Swiss<br> Code of Obligations) Subject to any obligations that are mandatorily preferred by<br> law, all obligations of UBS Switzerland AG that are unsubordinated or that<br> are subordinated and do not rank junior, such as all classes of share<br> capital, or at par, such as tier 1 instruments
36 Non-compliant transitioned features – –
37 If yes, specify non-compliant features – –
1 Based on Swiss SRB (including transitional arrangement)<br> requirements.    2 Based on Swiss SRB requirements applicable as of 1 January<br> 2020.    3 As applied in UBS Switzerland AG‘s financial statements under<br> Swiss GAAP.    4 Loans granted by UBS AG, Switzerland.

p

123

Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups

Section 4  UBS Europe SE consolidated

Quarterly | The table below provides information about the regulatory capital components, capital ratios, leverage ratio and liquidity of UBS Europe SE consolidated based on the Pillar 1 requirements.

During the fourth quarter of 2019, common equity tier 1 (CET1) capital was stable. Risk-weighted assets (RWA) increased by EUR 0.7 billion to EUR 15.1 billion, mainly as a result of an increase in credit risk RWA. Leverage ratio exposure decreased by EUR 8.3 billion, reflecting a decrease in securities financing transactions, derivative exposures and cash held at central banks. Average high-quality liquid assets remained stable. Average total net cash outflows increased by EUR 0.4 billion, mainly due to treasury activities.

Entities may also be subject to significant Pillar 2 requirements, which represent additional amounts of capital considered necessary and agreed with regulators based on the risk profile of the entities.  p

Quarterly |

KM1: Key metrics1,2,3 **** ****
million, except where<br> indicated
31.12.19 30.9.19 30.6.19 31.3.19
Available capital (amounts)
1 3,486 3,528 3,543 3,568
2 3,776 3,818 3,833 3,858
3 3,776 3,818 3,833 3,858
Risk-weighted assets<br> (amounts) **** **** **** ****
4 15,146 14,407 13,725 14,432
4a 1,212 1,153 1,098 1,155
Risk-based capital ratios as<br> a percentage of RWA **** **** **** ****
5 23.0 24.5 25.8 24.7
6 24.9 26.5 27.9 26.7
7 24.9 26.5 27.9 26.7
Additional CET1 buffer requirements<br> as a percentage of RWA **** **** **** ****
8 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
9 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2
10 ****
11 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7
12 16.9 18.5 19.9 18.7
Basel III leverage ratio **** **** **** ****
13 41,924 50,199 52,291 51,060
14 9.0 7.6 7.3 7.6
Liquidity coverage ratio7 **** **** **** ****
15 14,393 14,309 14,367 14,770
16 9,976 9,624 8,773 7,465
17 147 151 165 198
1 Based on applicable EU Basel III rules.    2 As a result of<br> the cross-border merger of UBS Limited into UBS Europe SE effective 1 March<br> 2019, UBS Europe SE became a significant regulated subsidiary of UBS Group<br> AG. The size, scope and business model of the merged entity is now materially<br> different. Comparatives for 31 December 2018 have not been provided in<br> the table because data produced on the same basis is not available.    3<br> There is no local disclosure requirement for the net stable funding ratio as at<br> 31 December 2019.    4 Calculated as 8% of total RWA, based on total capital<br> minimum requirements, excluding CET1 buffer requirements.    5. This<br> represents the CET1 ratio which is available for meeting buffer requirements.<br> It is calculated as the CET1 ratio minus 4.5% and after considering, where<br> applicable, CET1 capital which has been used to meet tier 1 and/or total<br> capital ratio requirements under Pillar 1. Comparative figures have been<br> adjusted to adhere to this presentation.    6 On the basis of tier 1<br> capital.    7 Figures as of 31 December 2019 are based on a<br> ten-month average, as of 30 September 2019 on a seven-month average and<br> as of 30 June 2019 on a four-month average, rather than a twelve-month<br> average, as data produced on the same basis is only available for the period<br> since the cross-border merger. For 31 March 2019, month-end reporting<br> date values are disclosed.    8 Revised calculation excludes inflows from<br> overdrafts which we cannot demand repayment of within 30 days. Comparative figures<br> and ratios have been adjusted accordingly.

All values are in Euros.

p

124

Section 5  UBS Americas Holding LLC consolidated

Quarterly | The table below provides information about the regulatory capital components and capital ratios, as well as the leverage ratio, of UBS Americas Holding LLC consolidated, based on the Pillar 1 requirements (i.e., US Basel III standardized rules).

During the fourth quarter of 2019, common equity tier 1 (CET1) capital was stable. Risk-weighted assets (RWA) increased by USD 1.1 billion to USD 54.1 billion, mainly driven by higher credit risk RWA. Leverage ratio exposure increased by USD 3.7 billion during the quarter, primarily driven by higher average assets.

Entities may also be subject to significant Pillar 2 requirements, which represent additional amounts of capital considered necessary and agreed with regulators based on the risk profile of the entities. p

Quarterly |

KM1: Key metrics1,2 **** **** **** ****
million, except where<br> indicated
31.12.19 30.9.19 30.6.19 31.3.19 31.12.18^3^
Available capital (amounts)
1 11,939 11,868 12,900 12,028 11,746
2 14,987 14,923 15,055 14,170 13,887
3 15,702 15,640 15,772 14,882 14,601
Risk-weighted assets<br> (amounts) ****
4 54,058 52,947 53,892 55,313 54,063
4a 4,325 4,236 4,311 4,425 4,325
Risk-based capital ratios as<br> a percentage of RWA ****
5 22.1 22.4 23.9 21.7 21.7
6 27.7 28.2 27.9 25.6 25.7
7 29.0 29.5 29.3 26.9 27.0
Additional CET1 buffer<br> requirements as a percentage of RWA ****
8 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 1.9
9 ****
10 ****
11 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 1.9
12 17.6 17.9 19.4 17.2 17.2
Basel III leverage ratio ****
13 127,290 123,632 123,008 124,981 122,829
14 11.8 12.1 12.2 11.3 11.3
1 For UBS Americas Holding LLC based on applicable US Basel III<br> rules.    2 There is no local disclosure requirement for liquidity coverage ratio<br> or net stable funding ratio for UBS Americas Holding LLC as<br> of 31 December 2019.    3 Figures as of or for the quarter<br> ended 31 December 2018 have been adjusted for consistency with the<br> full-year audited financial statements and / or local regulatory reporting,<br> which were finalized after the publication of our Annual Report 2018 and our<br> 31 December 2018 Pillar 3 report on 15 March 2019.    4 Calculated as 8% of<br> total RWA, based on total capital minimum requirements, excluding CET1 buffer<br> requirements.    5 UBS Americas Holding LLC is currently not subject to the<br> countercyclical buffer requirement.    6 Not applicable as requirements<br> have not been proposed.    7 This represents the CET1 ratio which is<br> available for meeting buffer requirements. It is calculated as the CET1 ratio<br> minus 4.5% and after considering, where applicable, CET1 capital which has<br> been used to meet tier 1 and/or total capital ratio requirements. Figures as<br> of 30 June 2019, 31 March 2019 and 31 December 2018 have been adjusted to adhere<br> to this presentation.    8 On the basis of tier 1 capital.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

125

Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups

Material sub-group entity – creditor ranking at legal entity level

Semiannual | The TLAC2 table below provides an overview of the creditor ranking structure of UBS Americas Holding LLC on a standalone basis.

As of 31 December 2019, UBS Americas Holding LLC had a total loss-absorbing capacity of USD 20,487 million after regulatory capital deductions and adjustments. This amount included Tier 1 capital of USD 14,987 million and USD 5,500 million of internal long-term debt which is eligible as internal TLAC issued to UBS AG, a wholly owned subsidiary of the UBS Group AG resolution entity. p

Semiannual |

TLAC2 – Material sub-group<br> entity – creditor ranking at legal entity level
As of 31.12.19 Creditor ranking Total
million 1 2 3 4 ****
1 No No No No ****
2 Common Equity (most junior)^1^ Preferred Shares (Additional tier 1) Subordinated debt Unsecured loans and other pari passu liabilities (most senior) ****
3 25,127 3,150 600 21,891 50,768
4 **** **** **** 944 944
5 25,127 3,150 600 20,947 49,824
6 25,127 3,150 **** 5,500 33,777
7 **** **** **** **** ****
8 **** **** **** 2,200 2,200
9 **** **** **** 3,300 3,300
10 **** **** **** **** ****
11 25,127 3,150 **** **** 28,277
1 Equity attributable to shareholders, which includes share<br> premium and reserves.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

126

Abbreviations frequently used in our financial reports


A

ABS                 asset-backed securities

AEI                  automatic exchange of information

AGM               Annual General Meeting of shareholders

A-IRB              advanced internal

ratings-based

AIV                  alternative investment vehicle

ALCO              Asset and Liability Committee

AMA               advanced measurement approach

AML                anti-money laundering

AoA                Articles of Association

APAC              Asia Pacific

APM                alternative performance measure

ARR                 alternative reference rate

ARS                 auction rate securities

ASF                  available stable funding

AT1                 additional tier 1

AuM               assets under management

B

BCBS               Basel Committee on

Banking Supervision

BEAT               base erosion and anti-abuse tax

BIS                   Bank for International Settlements

BoD                 Board of Directors

BVG                Swiss occupational

pension plan

C

CAO                Capital Adequacy Ordinance

CCAR              Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review

CCF                 credit conversion factor

CCP                 central counterparty

CCR                counterparty credit risk

CCRC              Corporate Culture and Responsibility Committee

CCyB               countercyclical buffer

CDO                collateralized debt

obligation

CDS                 credit default swap

CEA                 Commodity Exchange Act

CEM                current exposure method

CEO                Chief Executive Officer

CET1               common equity tier 1

CFO                 Chief Financial Officer

CFTC               US Commodity Futures Trading Commission

CHF                 Swiss franc

CIC                  Corporate & Institutional Clients

CIO                 Chief Investment Office

CLS                  Continuous Linked Settlement

CMBS             commercial mortgage-backed security

C&ORC           Compliance & Operational Risk Control

CRD IV            EU Capital Requirements Directive of 2013

CRM               credit risk mitigation (credit risk) or comprehensive risk measure (market risk)

CST                 combined stress test

CVA                credit valuation adjustment

D

DBO                defined benefit obligation

DCCP              Deferred Contingent Capital Plan

DJSI                 Dow Jones Sustainability Indices

DM                  discount margin

DOJ                 US Department of Justice

D-SIB               domestic systemically important bank

DTA                 deferred tax asset

DVA                debit valuation adjustment


E

EAD                 exposure at default

EB                    Executive Board

EBA                 European Banking Authority

EC                   European Commission

ECB                 European Central Bank

ECL                  expected credit loss

EIR                   effective interest rate

EL                    expected loss

EMEA              Europe, Middle East and Africa

EOP                 Equity Ownership Plan

EPE                  expected positive exposure

EPS                  earnings per share

ESG                 environmental, social and governance

ETD                 exchange-traded derivatives

ETF                  exchange-traded fund

EU                   European Union

EUR                 euro

EURIBOR        Euro Interbank Offered Rate

EVE                  economic value of equity

EY                    Ernst & Young (Ltd)

F

FA                    financial advisor

FCA                 UK Financial Conduct

Authority

FCT                  foreign currency translation

FINMA            Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority

FMIA               Swiss Financial Market Infrastructure Act

Abbreviations frequently used in our financial reports (continued)

FSB                  Financial Stability Board

FTA                  Swiss Federal Tax Administration

FVA                 funding valuation adjustment

FVOCI             fair value through other comprehensive income

FVTPL              fair value through profit or loss

FX                    foreign exchange

G

GAAP              generally accepted

accounting principles

GBP                 pound sterling

GDP                gross domestic product

GEB                 Group Executive Board

GIA                 Group Internal Audit

GIIPS               Greece, Italy, Ireland,

Portugal and Spain

GMD               Group Managing Director

GRI                  Global Reporting Initiative

GSE                 government sponsored entities

G-SIB              global systemically important bank

H

HQLA**** high-quality liquid assets

HR                   human resources


I

IAA                  internal assessment approach

IAS                  International Accounting Standards

IASB                International Accounting Standards Board

IBOR               interbank offered rate

IFRIC               International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee

IFRS                 International Financial Reporting Standards

IHC                  intermediate holding company

IMA                 internal models approach

IMM                internal model method

IRB                  internal ratings-based

IRC                  incremental risk charge

IRRBB              interest rate risk in the banking book

ISDA                International Swaps and Derivatives Association

K

KRT                 Key Risk Taker

L

LAS                  liquidity-adjusted stress

LCR                 liquidity coverage ratio

LGD                 loss given default

LIBOR              London Interbank Offered Rate

LLC                  limited liability company

LRD                 leverage ratio denominator

LTIP                 Long-Term Incentive Plan

LTV                  loan-to-value


M

M&A               mergers and acquisitions

MiFID II           Markets in Financial Instruments Directive II

MRT                Material Risk Taker


N

NAV                net asset value

NCL                 Non-core and Legacy Portfolio

NII                   net interest income

NRV                 negative replacement value

NSFR               net stable funding ratio

NYSE               New York Stock Exchange



O

OCA                own credit adjustment

OCI                 other comprehensive income

OTC                over-the-counter

P

PD                   probability of default

PFE                  potential future exposure

PIT                   point in time

P&L                  profit or loss

POCI               purchased or originated credit-impaired

PRA                 UK Prudential Regulation Authority

PRV                 positive replacement value

Q

QRRE              qualifying revolving retail exposures


R

RBA                 role-based allowances

RBC                 risk-based capital

RbM                risk-based monitoring

RMBS              residential mortgage-backed securities

RniV                risks not in VaR

RoAE               return on attributed equity

RoCET1          return on CET1 capital

RoTE               return on tangible equity

RoU                 right-of-use

RV                   replacement value

RW                  risk weight

RWA               risk-weighted assets

Abbreviations frequently used in our financial reports (continued)

S

SA                   standardized approach

SA-CCR          standardized approach for counterparty credit risk

SAR                 stock appreciation right or Special Administrative Region

SBC                 Swiss Bank Corporation

SDG                Sustainable Development Goal

SE                    structured entity

SEC                 US Securities and Exchange Commission

SEEOP             Senior Executive Equity Ownership Plan

SFT                  securities financing transaction

SI                     sustainable investing

SICR                significant increase in credit risk

SIX                   SIX Swiss Exchange

SME                small and medium-sized corporate clients

SMF                 Senior Management Function

SNB                 Swiss National Bank

SPPI                 solely payments of principal and interest

SRB                 systemically relevant bank

SRM                specific risk measure

SVaR               stressed value-at-risk



T

TBTF                too big to fail

TCJA               US Tax Cuts and Jobs Act

TLAC               total loss-absorbing capacity

TTC                 through-the-cycle

U

UoM               units of measure

USD                 US dollar

V

VaR                 value-at-risk

VAT                 value added tax

This is a general list of the abbreviations frequently used in our financial reporting. Not all of the listed abbreviations may appear in this particular report.

























































CautionaryStatement | This report and the information contained herein are provided solely for information purposes, and are not to be construed as solicitation of an offer to buy or sell any securities or other financial instruments in Switzerland, the United States or any other jurisdiction. No investment decision relating to securities of or relating to UBS Group AG, UBS AG or their affiliates should be made on the basis of this report. Refer to UBS’s Annual Report 2019, available at www.ubs.com/investors, for additional information.

Rounding | Numbers presented throughout this report may not add up precisely to the totals provided in the tables and text. Percentages, percent changes, and adjusted results are calculated on the basis of unrounded figures. Information about absolute changes between reporting periods, which is provided in text and which can be derived from figures displayed in the tables, is calculated on a rounded basis.

Tables | Within tables, blank fields generally indicate that the field is not applicable or not meaningful, or that information is not available as of the relevant date or for the relevant period. Zero values generally indicate that the respective figure is zero on an actual or rounded basis. Percentage changes are presented as a mathematical calculation of the change between periods.

UBS Group AG

P.O. Box

CH-8098 Zurich

www.ubs.com

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrants have duly caused this report to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

UBS Group AG

By: _/s/ David Kelly _____________

Name:  David Kelly

Title:     Managing Director

By: _/s/ Ella Campi ______________

Name:  Ella Campi

Title:    Executive Director

UBS AG

By: _/s/ David Kelly _____________

Name:  David Kelly

Title:     Managing Director

By: _/s/ Ella Campi ______________

Name:  Ella Campi

Title:    Executive Director

Date:  February 28, 2020